xref: /openbsd-src/gnu/llvm/clang/include/clang-c/Index.h (revision 12c855180aad702bbcca06e0398d774beeafb155)
1e5dd7070Spatrick /*===-- clang-c/Index.h - Indexing Public C Interface -------------*- C -*-===*\
2e5dd7070Spatrick |*                                                                            *|
3e5dd7070Spatrick |* Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM          *|
4e5dd7070Spatrick |* Exceptions.                                                                *|
5e5dd7070Spatrick |* See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.                  *|
6e5dd7070Spatrick |* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception                    *|
7e5dd7070Spatrick |*                                                                            *|
8e5dd7070Spatrick |*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*|
9e5dd7070Spatrick |*                                                                            *|
10e5dd7070Spatrick |* This header provides a public interface to a Clang library for extracting  *|
11e5dd7070Spatrick |* high-level symbol information from source files without exposing the full  *|
12e5dd7070Spatrick |* Clang C++ API.                                                             *|
13e5dd7070Spatrick |*                                                                            *|
14e5dd7070Spatrick \*===----------------------------------------------------------------------===*/
15e5dd7070Spatrick 
16e5dd7070Spatrick #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
17e5dd7070Spatrick #define LLVM_CLANG_C_INDEX_H
18e5dd7070Spatrick 
19e5dd7070Spatrick #include "clang-c/BuildSystem.h"
20*12c85518Srobert #include "clang-c/CXDiagnostic.h"
21e5dd7070Spatrick #include "clang-c/CXErrorCode.h"
22*12c85518Srobert #include "clang-c/CXFile.h"
23*12c85518Srobert #include "clang-c/CXSourceLocation.h"
24e5dd7070Spatrick #include "clang-c/CXString.h"
25e5dd7070Spatrick #include "clang-c/ExternC.h"
26e5dd7070Spatrick #include "clang-c/Platform.h"
27e5dd7070Spatrick 
28e5dd7070Spatrick /**
29e5dd7070Spatrick  * The version constants for the libclang API.
30e5dd7070Spatrick  * CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR should increase when there are API additions.
31e5dd7070Spatrick  * CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is intended for "major" source/ABI breaking changes.
32e5dd7070Spatrick  *
33e5dd7070Spatrick  * The policy about the libclang API was always to keep it source and ABI
34e5dd7070Spatrick  * compatible, thus CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR is expected to remain stable.
35e5dd7070Spatrick  */
36e5dd7070Spatrick #define CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR 0
37*12c85518Srobert #define CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR 63
38e5dd7070Spatrick 
39ec727ea7Spatrick #define CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(major, minor) (((major)*10000) + ((minor)*1))
40e5dd7070Spatrick 
41ec727ea7Spatrick #define CINDEX_VERSION                                                         \
42ec727ea7Spatrick   CINDEX_VERSION_ENCODE(CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
43e5dd7070Spatrick 
44ec727ea7Spatrick #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor) #major "." #minor
45e5dd7070Spatrick #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(major, minor)                                 \
46e5dd7070Spatrick   CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE_(major, minor)
47e5dd7070Spatrick 
48ec727ea7Spatrick #define CINDEX_VERSION_STRING                                                  \
49ec727ea7Spatrick   CINDEX_VERSION_STRINGIZE(CINDEX_VERSION_MAJOR, CINDEX_VERSION_MINOR)
50e5dd7070Spatrick 
51e5dd7070Spatrick LLVM_CLANG_C_EXTERN_C_BEGIN
52e5dd7070Spatrick 
53e5dd7070Spatrick /** \defgroup CINDEX libclang: C Interface to Clang
54e5dd7070Spatrick  *
55e5dd7070Spatrick  * The C Interface to Clang provides a relatively small API that exposes
56e5dd7070Spatrick  * facilities for parsing source code into an abstract syntax tree (AST),
57e5dd7070Spatrick  * loading already-parsed ASTs, traversing the AST, associating
58e5dd7070Spatrick  * physical source locations with elements within the AST, and other
59e5dd7070Spatrick  * facilities that support Clang-based development tools.
60e5dd7070Spatrick  *
61e5dd7070Spatrick  * This C interface to Clang will never provide all of the information
62e5dd7070Spatrick  * representation stored in Clang's C++ AST, nor should it: the intent is to
63e5dd7070Spatrick  * maintain an API that is relatively stable from one release to the next,
64e5dd7070Spatrick  * providing only the basic functionality needed to support development tools.
65e5dd7070Spatrick  *
66e5dd7070Spatrick  * To avoid namespace pollution, data types are prefixed with "CX" and
67e5dd7070Spatrick  * functions are prefixed with "clang_".
68e5dd7070Spatrick  *
69e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
70e5dd7070Spatrick  */
71e5dd7070Spatrick 
72e5dd7070Spatrick /**
73e5dd7070Spatrick  * An "index" that consists of a set of translation units that would
74e5dd7070Spatrick  * typically be linked together into an executable or library.
75e5dd7070Spatrick  */
76e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXIndex;
77e5dd7070Spatrick 
78e5dd7070Spatrick /**
79e5dd7070Spatrick  * An opaque type representing target information for a given translation
80e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit.
81e5dd7070Spatrick  */
82e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct CXTargetInfoImpl *CXTargetInfo;
83e5dd7070Spatrick 
84e5dd7070Spatrick /**
85e5dd7070Spatrick  * A single translation unit, which resides in an index.
86e5dd7070Spatrick  */
87e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct CXTranslationUnitImpl *CXTranslationUnit;
88e5dd7070Spatrick 
89e5dd7070Spatrick /**
90e5dd7070Spatrick  * Opaque pointer representing client data that will be passed through
91e5dd7070Spatrick  * to various callbacks and visitors.
92e5dd7070Spatrick  */
93e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXClientData;
94e5dd7070Spatrick 
95e5dd7070Spatrick /**
96e5dd7070Spatrick  * Provides the contents of a file that has not yet been saved to disk.
97e5dd7070Spatrick  *
98e5dd7070Spatrick  * Each CXUnsavedFile instance provides the name of a file on the
99e5dd7070Spatrick  * system along with the current contents of that file that have not
100e5dd7070Spatrick  * yet been saved to disk.
101e5dd7070Spatrick  */
102e5dd7070Spatrick struct CXUnsavedFile {
103e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
104e5dd7070Spatrick    * The file whose contents have not yet been saved.
105e5dd7070Spatrick    *
106e5dd7070Spatrick    * This file must already exist in the file system.
107e5dd7070Spatrick    */
108e5dd7070Spatrick   const char *Filename;
109e5dd7070Spatrick 
110e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
111e5dd7070Spatrick    * A buffer containing the unsaved contents of this file.
112e5dd7070Spatrick    */
113e5dd7070Spatrick   const char *Contents;
114e5dd7070Spatrick 
115e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
116e5dd7070Spatrick    * The length of the unsaved contents of this buffer.
117e5dd7070Spatrick    */
118e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned long Length;
119e5dd7070Spatrick };
120e5dd7070Spatrick 
121e5dd7070Spatrick /**
122e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes the availability of a particular entity, which indicates
123e5dd7070Spatrick  * whether the use of this entity will result in a warning or error due to
124e5dd7070Spatrick  * it being deprecated or unavailable.
125e5dd7070Spatrick  */
126e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXAvailabilityKind {
127e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
128e5dd7070Spatrick    * The entity is available.
129e5dd7070Spatrick    */
130e5dd7070Spatrick   CXAvailability_Available,
131e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
132e5dd7070Spatrick    * The entity is available, but has been deprecated (and its use is
133e5dd7070Spatrick    * not recommended).
134e5dd7070Spatrick    */
135e5dd7070Spatrick   CXAvailability_Deprecated,
136e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
137e5dd7070Spatrick    * The entity is not available; any use of it will be an error.
138e5dd7070Spatrick    */
139e5dd7070Spatrick   CXAvailability_NotAvailable,
140e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
141e5dd7070Spatrick    * The entity is available, but not accessible; any use of it will be
142e5dd7070Spatrick    * an error.
143e5dd7070Spatrick    */
144e5dd7070Spatrick   CXAvailability_NotAccessible
145e5dd7070Spatrick };
146e5dd7070Spatrick 
147e5dd7070Spatrick /**
148e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes a version number of the form major.minor.subminor.
149e5dd7070Spatrick  */
150e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct CXVersion {
151e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
152e5dd7070Spatrick    * The major version number, e.g., the '10' in '10.7.3'. A negative
153e5dd7070Spatrick    * value indicates that there is no version number at all.
154e5dd7070Spatrick    */
155e5dd7070Spatrick   int Major;
156e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
157e5dd7070Spatrick    * The minor version number, e.g., the '7' in '10.7.3'. This value
158e5dd7070Spatrick    * will be negative if no minor version number was provided, e.g., for
159e5dd7070Spatrick    * version '10'.
160e5dd7070Spatrick    */
161e5dd7070Spatrick   int Minor;
162e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
163e5dd7070Spatrick    * The subminor version number, e.g., the '3' in '10.7.3'. This value
164e5dd7070Spatrick    * will be negative if no minor or subminor version number was provided,
165e5dd7070Spatrick    * e.g., in version '10' or '10.7'.
166e5dd7070Spatrick    */
167e5dd7070Spatrick   int Subminor;
168e5dd7070Spatrick } CXVersion;
169e5dd7070Spatrick 
170e5dd7070Spatrick /**
171e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes the exception specification of a cursor.
172e5dd7070Spatrick  *
173e5dd7070Spatrick  * A negative value indicates that the cursor is not a function declaration.
174e5dd7070Spatrick  */
175e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind {
176e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
177e5dd7070Spatrick    * The cursor has no exception specification.
178e5dd7070Spatrick    */
179e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_None,
180e5dd7070Spatrick 
181e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
182e5dd7070Spatrick    * The cursor has exception specification throw()
183e5dd7070Spatrick    */
184e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_DynamicNone,
185e5dd7070Spatrick 
186e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
187e5dd7070Spatrick    * The cursor has exception specification throw(T1, T2)
188e5dd7070Spatrick    */
189e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Dynamic,
190e5dd7070Spatrick 
191e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
192e5dd7070Spatrick    * The cursor has exception specification throw(...).
193e5dd7070Spatrick    */
194e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_MSAny,
195e5dd7070Spatrick 
196e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
197e5dd7070Spatrick    * The cursor has exception specification basic noexcept.
198e5dd7070Spatrick    */
199e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_BasicNoexcept,
200e5dd7070Spatrick 
201e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
202e5dd7070Spatrick    * The cursor has exception specification computed noexcept.
203e5dd7070Spatrick    */
204e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_ComputedNoexcept,
205e5dd7070Spatrick 
206e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
207e5dd7070Spatrick    * The exception specification has not yet been evaluated.
208e5dd7070Spatrick    */
209e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unevaluated,
210e5dd7070Spatrick 
211e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
212e5dd7070Spatrick    * The exception specification has not yet been instantiated.
213e5dd7070Spatrick    */
214e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Uninstantiated,
215e5dd7070Spatrick 
216e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
217e5dd7070Spatrick    * The exception specification has not been parsed yet.
218e5dd7070Spatrick    */
219e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_Unparsed,
220e5dd7070Spatrick 
221e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
222e5dd7070Spatrick    * The cursor has a __declspec(nothrow) exception specification.
223e5dd7070Spatrick    */
224e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind_NoThrow
225e5dd7070Spatrick };
226e5dd7070Spatrick 
227e5dd7070Spatrick /**
228e5dd7070Spatrick  * Provides a shared context for creating translation units.
229e5dd7070Spatrick  *
230e5dd7070Spatrick  * It provides two options:
231e5dd7070Spatrick  *
232e5dd7070Spatrick  * - excludeDeclarationsFromPCH: When non-zero, allows enumeration of "local"
233e5dd7070Spatrick  * declarations (when loading any new translation units). A "local" declaration
234e5dd7070Spatrick  * is one that belongs in the translation unit itself and not in a precompiled
235e5dd7070Spatrick  * header that was used by the translation unit. If zero, all declarations
236e5dd7070Spatrick  * will be enumerated.
237e5dd7070Spatrick  *
238e5dd7070Spatrick  * Here is an example:
239e5dd7070Spatrick  *
240e5dd7070Spatrick  * \code
241e5dd7070Spatrick  *   // excludeDeclsFromPCH = 1, displayDiagnostics=1
242e5dd7070Spatrick  *   Idx = clang_createIndex(1, 1);
243e5dd7070Spatrick  *
244e5dd7070Spatrick  *   // IndexTest.pch was produced with the following command:
245e5dd7070Spatrick  *   // "clang -x c IndexTest.h -emit-ast -o IndexTest.pch"
246e5dd7070Spatrick  *   TU = clang_createTranslationUnit(Idx, "IndexTest.pch");
247e5dd7070Spatrick  *
248e5dd7070Spatrick  *   // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.pch'
249e5dd7070Spatrick  *   clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
250e5dd7070Spatrick  *                       TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
251e5dd7070Spatrick  *   clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
252e5dd7070Spatrick  *
253e5dd7070Spatrick  *   // This will load all the symbols from 'IndexTest.c', excluding symbols
254e5dd7070Spatrick  *   // from 'IndexTest.pch'.
255e5dd7070Spatrick  *   char *args[] = { "-Xclang", "-include-pch=IndexTest.pch" };
256e5dd7070Spatrick  *   TU = clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(Idx, "IndexTest.c", 2, args,
257e5dd7070Spatrick  *                                                  0, 0);
258e5dd7070Spatrick  *   clang_visitChildren(clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(TU),
259e5dd7070Spatrick  *                       TranslationUnitVisitor, 0);
260e5dd7070Spatrick  *   clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU);
261e5dd7070Spatrick  * \endcode
262e5dd7070Spatrick  *
263e5dd7070Spatrick  * This process of creating the 'pch', loading it separately, and using it (via
264e5dd7070Spatrick  * -include-pch) allows 'excludeDeclsFromPCH' to remove redundant callbacks
265e5dd7070Spatrick  * (which gives the indexer the same performance benefit as the compiler).
266e5dd7070Spatrick  */
267e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndex clang_createIndex(int excludeDeclarationsFromPCH,
268e5dd7070Spatrick                                          int displayDiagnostics);
269e5dd7070Spatrick 
270e5dd7070Spatrick /**
271e5dd7070Spatrick  * Destroy the given index.
272e5dd7070Spatrick  *
273e5dd7070Spatrick  * The index must not be destroyed until all of the translation units created
274e5dd7070Spatrick  * within that index have been destroyed.
275e5dd7070Spatrick  */
276e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeIndex(CXIndex index);
277e5dd7070Spatrick 
278e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
279e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
280e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that no special CXIndex options are needed.
281e5dd7070Spatrick    */
282e5dd7070Spatrick   CXGlobalOpt_None = 0x0,
283e5dd7070Spatrick 
284e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
285e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for indexing
286e5dd7070Spatrick    * purposes should use background priority.
287e5dd7070Spatrick    *
288e5dd7070Spatrick    * Affects #clang_indexSourceFile, #clang_indexTranslationUnit,
289e5dd7070Spatrick    * #clang_parseTranslationUnit, #clang_saveTranslationUnit.
290e5dd7070Spatrick    */
291e5dd7070Spatrick   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing = 0x1,
292e5dd7070Spatrick 
293e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
294e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that threads that libclang creates for editing
295e5dd7070Spatrick    * purposes should use background priority.
296e5dd7070Spatrick    *
297e5dd7070Spatrick    * Affects #clang_reparseTranslationUnit, #clang_codeCompleteAt,
298e5dd7070Spatrick    * #clang_annotateTokens
299e5dd7070Spatrick    */
300e5dd7070Spatrick   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing = 0x2,
301e5dd7070Spatrick 
302e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
303e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that all threads that libclang creates should use
304e5dd7070Spatrick    * background priority.
305e5dd7070Spatrick    */
306e5dd7070Spatrick   CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForAll =
307e5dd7070Spatrick       CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing |
308e5dd7070Spatrick       CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForEditing
309e5dd7070Spatrick 
310e5dd7070Spatrick } CXGlobalOptFlags;
311e5dd7070Spatrick 
312e5dd7070Spatrick /**
313e5dd7070Spatrick  * Sets general options associated with a CXIndex.
314e5dd7070Spatrick  *
315e5dd7070Spatrick  * For example:
316e5dd7070Spatrick  * \code
317e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXIndex idx = ...;
318e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(idx,
319e5dd7070Spatrick  *     clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(idx) |
320e5dd7070Spatrick  *     CXGlobalOpt_ThreadBackgroundPriorityForIndexing);
321e5dd7070Spatrick  * \endcode
322e5dd7070Spatrick  *
323e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param options A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags.
324e5dd7070Spatrick  */
325e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_CXIndex_setGlobalOptions(CXIndex, unsigned options);
326e5dd7070Spatrick 
327e5dd7070Spatrick /**
328e5dd7070Spatrick  * Gets the general options associated with a CXIndex.
329e5dd7070Spatrick  *
330e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns A bitmask of options, a bitwise OR of CXGlobalOpt_XXX flags that
331e5dd7070Spatrick  * are associated with the given CXIndex object.
332e5dd7070Spatrick  */
333e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXIndex_getGlobalOptions(CXIndex);
334e5dd7070Spatrick 
335e5dd7070Spatrick /**
336e5dd7070Spatrick  * Sets the invocation emission path option in a CXIndex.
337e5dd7070Spatrick  *
338e5dd7070Spatrick  * The invocation emission path specifies a path which will contain log
339e5dd7070Spatrick  * files for certain libclang invocations. A null value (default) implies that
340e5dd7070Spatrick  * libclang invocations are not logged..
341e5dd7070Spatrick  */
342e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void
343e5dd7070Spatrick clang_CXIndex_setInvocationEmissionPathOption(CXIndex, const char *Path);
344e5dd7070Spatrick 
345e5dd7070Spatrick /**
346e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given header is guarded against
347e5dd7070Spatrick  * multiple inclusions, either with the conventional
348e5dd7070Spatrick  * \#ifndef/\#define/\#endif macro guards or with \#pragma once.
349e5dd7070Spatrick  */
350ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(CXTranslationUnit tu,
351ec727ea7Spatrick                                                            CXFile file);
352e5dd7070Spatrick 
353e5dd7070Spatrick /**
354e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a file handle within the given translation unit.
355e5dd7070Spatrick  *
356e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param tu the translation unit
357e5dd7070Spatrick  *
358e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param file_name the name of the file.
359e5dd7070Spatrick  *
360e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the file handle for the named file in the translation unit \p tu,
361e5dd7070Spatrick  * or a NULL file handle if the file was not a part of this translation unit.
362e5dd7070Spatrick  */
363e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getFile(CXTranslationUnit tu,
364e5dd7070Spatrick                                     const char *file_name);
365e5dd7070Spatrick 
366e5dd7070Spatrick /**
367e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the buffer associated with the given file.
368e5dd7070Spatrick  *
369e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param tu the translation unit
370e5dd7070Spatrick  *
371e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param file the file for which to retrieve the buffer.
372e5dd7070Spatrick  *
373e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param size [out] if non-NULL, will be set to the size of the buffer.
374e5dd7070Spatrick  *
375e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns a pointer to the buffer in memory that holds the contents of
376e5dd7070Spatrick  * \p file, or a NULL pointer when the file is not loaded.
377e5dd7070Spatrick  */
378e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE const char *clang_getFileContents(CXTranslationUnit tu,
379e5dd7070Spatrick                                                  CXFile file, size_t *size);
380e5dd7070Spatrick 
381e5dd7070Spatrick /**
382e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieves the source location associated with a given file/line/column
383e5dd7070Spatrick  * in a particular translation unit.
384e5dd7070Spatrick  */
385e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocation(CXTranslationUnit tu,
386ec727ea7Spatrick                                                   CXFile file, unsigned line,
387e5dd7070Spatrick                                                   unsigned column);
388e5dd7070Spatrick /**
389e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieves the source location associated with a given character offset
390e5dd7070Spatrick  * in a particular translation unit.
391e5dd7070Spatrick  */
392e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getLocationForOffset(CXTranslationUnit tu,
393e5dd7070Spatrick                                                            CXFile file,
394e5dd7070Spatrick                                                            unsigned offset);
395e5dd7070Spatrick 
396e5dd7070Spatrick /**
397e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve all ranges that were skipped by the preprocessor.
398e5dd7070Spatrick  *
399e5dd7070Spatrick  * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
400e5dd7070Spatrick  * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
401e5dd7070Spatrick  */
402e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *clang_getSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu,
403e5dd7070Spatrick                                                          CXFile file);
404e5dd7070Spatrick 
405e5dd7070Spatrick /**
406e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve all ranges from all files that were skipped by the
407e5dd7070Spatrick  * preprocessor.
408e5dd7070Spatrick  *
409e5dd7070Spatrick  * The preprocessor will skip lines when they are surrounded by an
410e5dd7070Spatrick  * if/ifdef/ifndef directive whose condition does not evaluate to true.
411e5dd7070Spatrick  */
412ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRangeList *
413ec727ea7Spatrick clang_getAllSkippedRanges(CXTranslationUnit tu);
414e5dd7070Spatrick 
415e5dd7070Spatrick /**
416e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the number of diagnostics produced for the given
417e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation unit.
418e5dd7070Spatrick  */
419e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumDiagnostics(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
420e5dd7070Spatrick 
421e5dd7070Spatrick /**
422e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given translation unit.
423e5dd7070Spatrick  *
424e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
425e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
426e5dd7070Spatrick  *
427e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
428e5dd7070Spatrick  * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
429e5dd7070Spatrick  */
430e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnostic clang_getDiagnostic(CXTranslationUnit Unit,
431e5dd7070Spatrick                                                 unsigned Index);
432e5dd7070Spatrick 
433e5dd7070Spatrick /**
434e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the complete set of diagnostics associated with a
435e5dd7070Spatrick  *        translation unit.
436e5dd7070Spatrick  *
437e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Unit the translation unit to query.
438e5dd7070Spatrick  */
439e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXDiagnosticSet
440e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU(CXTranslationUnit Unit);
441e5dd7070Spatrick 
442e5dd7070Spatrick /**
443e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_TRANSLATION_UNIT Translation unit manipulation
444e5dd7070Spatrick  *
445e5dd7070Spatrick  * The routines in this group provide the ability to create and destroy
446e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation units from files, either by parsing the contents of the files or
447e5dd7070Spatrick  * by reading in a serialized representation of a translation unit.
448e5dd7070Spatrick  *
449e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
450e5dd7070Spatrick  */
451e5dd7070Spatrick 
452e5dd7070Spatrick /**
453e5dd7070Spatrick  * Get the original translation unit source file name.
454e5dd7070Spatrick  */
455e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
456e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getTranslationUnitSpelling(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
457e5dd7070Spatrick 
458e5dd7070Spatrick /**
459e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the CXTranslationUnit for a given source file and the provided
460e5dd7070Spatrick  * command line arguments one would pass to the compiler.
461e5dd7070Spatrick  *
462e5dd7070Spatrick  * Note: The 'source_filename' argument is optional.  If the caller provides a
463e5dd7070Spatrick  * NULL pointer, the name of the source file is expected to reside in the
464e5dd7070Spatrick  * specified command line arguments.
465e5dd7070Spatrick  *
466e5dd7070Spatrick  * Note: When encountered in 'clang_command_line_args', the following options
467e5dd7070Spatrick  * are ignored:
468e5dd7070Spatrick  *
469e5dd7070Spatrick  *   '-c'
470e5dd7070Spatrick  *   '-emit-ast'
471e5dd7070Spatrick  *   '-fsyntax-only'
472e5dd7070Spatrick  *   '-o \<output file>'  (both '-o' and '\<output file>' are ignored)
473e5dd7070Spatrick  *
474e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
475e5dd7070Spatrick  * associated.
476e5dd7070Spatrick  *
477e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
478e5dd7070Spatrick  * source file is included in \p clang_command_line_args.
479e5dd7070Spatrick  *
480e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param num_clang_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
481e5dd7070Spatrick  * \p clang_command_line_args.
482e5dd7070Spatrick  *
483e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param clang_command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
484e5dd7070Spatrick  * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
485e5dd7070Spatrick  * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
486e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
487e5dd7070Spatrick  * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
488e5dd7070Spatrick  *
489e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
490e5dd7070Spatrick  * unsaved_files.
491e5dd7070Spatrick  *
492e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
493e5dd7070Spatrick  * but may be required for code completion, including the contents of
494e5dd7070Spatrick  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
495e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
496e5dd7070Spatrick  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
497e5dd7070Spatrick  */
498e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile(
499ec727ea7Spatrick     CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename, int num_clang_command_line_args,
500ec727ea7Spatrick     const char *const *clang_command_line_args, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
501e5dd7070Spatrick     struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files);
502e5dd7070Spatrick 
503e5dd7070Spatrick /**
504e5dd7070Spatrick  * Same as \c clang_createTranslationUnit2, but returns
505e5dd7070Spatrick  * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code.  In case of an error this
506e5dd7070Spatrick  * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
507e5dd7070Spatrick  * error codes.
508e5dd7070Spatrick  */
509ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit
510ec727ea7Spatrick clang_createTranslationUnit(CXIndex CIdx, const char *ast_filename);
511e5dd7070Spatrick 
512e5dd7070Spatrick /**
513e5dd7070Spatrick  * Create a translation unit from an AST file (\c -emit-ast).
514e5dd7070Spatrick  *
515e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
516e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c CXTranslationUnit.
517e5dd7070Spatrick  *
518e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
519e5dd7070Spatrick  */
520ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode
521ec727ea7Spatrick clang_createTranslationUnit2(CXIndex CIdx, const char *ast_filename,
522e5dd7070Spatrick                              CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
523e5dd7070Spatrick 
524e5dd7070Spatrick /**
525e5dd7070Spatrick  * Flags that control the creation of translation units.
526e5dd7070Spatrick  *
527e5dd7070Spatrick  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
528e5dd7070Spatrick  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
529e5dd7070Spatrick  * constructing the translation unit.
530e5dd7070Spatrick  */
531e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXTranslationUnit_Flags {
532e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
533e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that no special translation-unit options are
534e5dd7070Spatrick    * needed.
535e5dd7070Spatrick    */
536e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_None = 0x0,
537e5dd7070Spatrick 
538e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
539e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that the parser should construct a "detailed"
540e5dd7070Spatrick    * preprocessing record, including all macro definitions and instantiations.
541e5dd7070Spatrick    *
542e5dd7070Spatrick    * Constructing a detailed preprocessing record requires more memory
543e5dd7070Spatrick    * and time to parse, since the information contained in the record
544e5dd7070Spatrick    * is usually not retained. However, it can be useful for
545e5dd7070Spatrick    * applications that require more detailed information about the
546e5dd7070Spatrick    * behavior of the preprocessor.
547e5dd7070Spatrick    */
548e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_DetailedPreprocessingRecord = 0x01,
549e5dd7070Spatrick 
550e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
551e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that the translation unit is incomplete.
552e5dd7070Spatrick    *
553e5dd7070Spatrick    * When a translation unit is considered "incomplete", semantic
554e5dd7070Spatrick    * analysis that is typically performed at the end of the
555e5dd7070Spatrick    * translation unit will be suppressed. For example, this suppresses
556e5dd7070Spatrick    * the completion of tentative declarations in C and of
557e5dd7070Spatrick    * instantiation of implicitly-instantiation function templates in
558e5dd7070Spatrick    * C++. This option is typically used when parsing a header with the
559e5dd7070Spatrick    * intent of producing a precompiled header.
560e5dd7070Spatrick    */
561e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_Incomplete = 0x02,
562e5dd7070Spatrick 
563e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
564e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that the translation unit should be built with an
565e5dd7070Spatrick    * implicit precompiled header for the preamble.
566e5dd7070Spatrick    *
567e5dd7070Spatrick    * An implicit precompiled header is used as an optimization when a
568e5dd7070Spatrick    * particular translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times
569e5dd7070Spatrick    * when the sources aren't changing that often. In this case, an
570e5dd7070Spatrick    * implicit precompiled header will be built containing all of the
571e5dd7070Spatrick    * initial includes at the top of the main file (what we refer to as
572e5dd7070Spatrick    * the "preamble" of the file). In subsequent parses, if the
573e5dd7070Spatrick    * preamble or the files in it have not changed, \c
574e5dd7070Spatrick    * clang_reparseTranslationUnit() will re-use the implicit
575e5dd7070Spatrick    * precompiled header to improve parsing performance.
576e5dd7070Spatrick    */
577e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_PrecompiledPreamble = 0x04,
578e5dd7070Spatrick 
579e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
580e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that the translation unit should cache some
581e5dd7070Spatrick    * code-completion results with each reparse of the source file.
582e5dd7070Spatrick    *
583e5dd7070Spatrick    * Caching of code-completion results is a performance optimization that
584e5dd7070Spatrick    * introduces some overhead to reparsing but improves the performance of
585e5dd7070Spatrick    * code-completion operations.
586e5dd7070Spatrick    */
587e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_CacheCompletionResults = 0x08,
588e5dd7070Spatrick 
589e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
590e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that the translation unit will be serialized with
591e5dd7070Spatrick    * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit.
592e5dd7070Spatrick    *
593e5dd7070Spatrick    * This option is typically used when parsing a header with the intent of
594e5dd7070Spatrick    * producing a precompiled header.
595e5dd7070Spatrick    */
596e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_ForSerialization = 0x10,
597e5dd7070Spatrick 
598e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
599e5dd7070Spatrick    * DEPRECATED: Enabled chained precompiled preambles in C++.
600e5dd7070Spatrick    *
601e5dd7070Spatrick    * Note: this is a *temporary* option that is available only while
602e5dd7070Spatrick    * we are testing C++ precompiled preamble support. It is deprecated.
603e5dd7070Spatrick    */
604e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_CXXChainedPCH = 0x20,
605e5dd7070Spatrick 
606e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
607e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that function/method bodies should be skipped while
608e5dd7070Spatrick    * parsing.
609e5dd7070Spatrick    *
610e5dd7070Spatrick    * This option can be used to search for declarations/definitions while
611e5dd7070Spatrick    * ignoring the usages.
612e5dd7070Spatrick    */
613e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies = 0x40,
614e5dd7070Spatrick 
615e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
616e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that brief documentation comments should be
617e5dd7070Spatrick    * included into the set of code completions returned from this translation
618e5dd7070Spatrick    * unit.
619e5dd7070Spatrick    */
620e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_IncludeBriefCommentsInCodeCompletion = 0x80,
621e5dd7070Spatrick 
622e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
623e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that the precompiled preamble should be created on
624e5dd7070Spatrick    * the first parse. Otherwise it will be created on the first reparse. This
625e5dd7070Spatrick    * trades runtime on the first parse (serializing the preamble takes time) for
626e5dd7070Spatrick    * reduced runtime on the second parse (can now reuse the preamble).
627e5dd7070Spatrick    */
628e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_CreatePreambleOnFirstParse = 0x100,
629e5dd7070Spatrick 
630e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
631e5dd7070Spatrick    * Do not stop processing when fatal errors are encountered.
632e5dd7070Spatrick    *
633e5dd7070Spatrick    * When fatal errors are encountered while parsing a translation unit,
634e5dd7070Spatrick    * semantic analysis is typically stopped early when compiling code. A common
635e5dd7070Spatrick    * source for fatal errors are unresolvable include files. For the
636e5dd7070Spatrick    * purposes of an IDE, this is undesirable behavior and as much information
637e5dd7070Spatrick    * as possible should be reported. Use this flag to enable this behavior.
638e5dd7070Spatrick    */
639e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_KeepGoing = 0x200,
640e5dd7070Spatrick 
641e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
642e5dd7070Spatrick    * Sets the preprocessor in a mode for parsing a single file only.
643e5dd7070Spatrick    */
644e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_SingleFileParse = 0x400,
645e5dd7070Spatrick 
646e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
647e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used in combination with CXTranslationUnit_SkipFunctionBodies to
648e5dd7070Spatrick    * constrain the skipping of function bodies to the preamble.
649e5dd7070Spatrick    *
650e5dd7070Spatrick    * The function bodies of the main file are not skipped.
651e5dd7070Spatrick    */
652e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_LimitSkipFunctionBodiesToPreamble = 0x800,
653e5dd7070Spatrick 
654e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
655e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that attributed types should be included in CXType.
656e5dd7070Spatrick    */
657e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_IncludeAttributedTypes = 0x1000,
658e5dd7070Spatrick 
659e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
660e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that implicit attributes should be visited.
661e5dd7070Spatrick    */
662e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_VisitImplicitAttributes = 0x2000,
663e5dd7070Spatrick 
664e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
665e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that non-errors from included files should be ignored.
666e5dd7070Spatrick    *
667e5dd7070Spatrick    * If set, clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU() will not report e.g. warnings from
668e5dd7070Spatrick    * included files anymore. This speeds up clang_getDiagnosticSetFromTU() for
669e5dd7070Spatrick    * the case where these warnings are not of interest, as for an IDE for
670e5dd7070Spatrick    * example, which typically shows only the diagnostics in the main file.
671e5dd7070Spatrick    */
672e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_IgnoreNonErrorsFromIncludedFiles = 0x4000,
673e5dd7070Spatrick 
674e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
675e5dd7070Spatrick    * Tells the preprocessor not to skip excluded conditional blocks.
676e5dd7070Spatrick    */
677e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTranslationUnit_RetainExcludedConditionalBlocks = 0x8000
678e5dd7070Spatrick };
679e5dd7070Spatrick 
680e5dd7070Spatrick /**
681e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for parsing a translation
682e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit that is being edited.
683e5dd7070Spatrick  *
684e5dd7070Spatrick  * The set of flags returned provide options for \c clang_parseTranslationUnit()
685e5dd7070Spatrick  * to indicate that the translation unit is likely to be reparsed many times,
686e5dd7070Spatrick  * either explicitly (via \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit()) or implicitly
687e5dd7070Spatrick  * (e.g., by code completion (\c clang_codeCompletionAt())). The returned flag
688e5dd7070Spatrick  * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations (e.g., the precompiled
689e5dd7070Spatrick  * preamble) geared toward improving the performance of these routines. The
690e5dd7070Spatrick  * set of optimizations enabled may change from one version to the next.
691e5dd7070Spatrick  */
692e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultEditingTranslationUnitOptions(void);
693e5dd7070Spatrick 
694e5dd7070Spatrick /**
695e5dd7070Spatrick  * Same as \c clang_parseTranslationUnit2, but returns
696e5dd7070Spatrick  * the \c CXTranslationUnit instead of an error code.  In case of an error this
697e5dd7070Spatrick  * routine returns a \c NULL \c CXTranslationUnit, without further detailed
698e5dd7070Spatrick  * error codes.
699e5dd7070Spatrick  */
700ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_parseTranslationUnit(
701ec727ea7Spatrick     CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
702ec727ea7Spatrick     const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
703ec727ea7Spatrick     struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
704e5dd7070Spatrick     unsigned options);
705e5dd7070Spatrick 
706e5dd7070Spatrick /**
707e5dd7070Spatrick  * Parse the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
708e5dd7070Spatrick  * to that file.
709e5dd7070Spatrick  *
710e5dd7070Spatrick  * This routine is the main entry point for the Clang C API, providing the
711e5dd7070Spatrick  * ability to parse a source file into a translation unit that can then be
712e5dd7070Spatrick  * queried by other functions in the API. This routine accepts a set of
713e5dd7070Spatrick  * command-line arguments so that the compilation can be configured in the same
714e5dd7070Spatrick  * way that the compiler is configured on the command line.
715e5dd7070Spatrick  *
716e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param CIdx The index object with which the translation unit will be
717e5dd7070Spatrick  * associated.
718e5dd7070Spatrick  *
719e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param source_filename The name of the source file to load, or NULL if the
720e5dd7070Spatrick  * source file is included in \c command_line_args.
721e5dd7070Spatrick  *
722e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param command_line_args The command-line arguments that would be
723e5dd7070Spatrick  * passed to the \c clang executable if it were being invoked out-of-process.
724e5dd7070Spatrick  * These command-line options will be parsed and will affect how the translation
725e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit is parsed. Note that the following options are ignored: '-c',
726e5dd7070Spatrick  * '-emit-ast', '-fsyntax-only' (which is the default), and '-o \<output file>'.
727e5dd7070Spatrick  *
728e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param num_command_line_args The number of command-line arguments in
729e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c command_line_args.
730e5dd7070Spatrick  *
731e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param unsaved_files the files that have not yet been saved to disk
732e5dd7070Spatrick  * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
733e5dd7070Spatrick  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
734e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
735e5dd7070Spatrick  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
736e5dd7070Spatrick  *
737e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param num_unsaved_files the number of unsaved file entries in \p
738e5dd7070Spatrick  * unsaved_files.
739e5dd7070Spatrick  *
740e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
741e5dd7070Spatrick  * is managed but not its compilation. This should be a bitwise OR of the
742e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
743e5dd7070Spatrick  *
744e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param[out] out_TU A non-NULL pointer to store the created
745e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c CXTranslationUnit, describing the parsed code and containing any
746e5dd7070Spatrick  * diagnostics produced by the compiler.
747e5dd7070Spatrick  *
748e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns Zero on success, otherwise returns an error code.
749e5dd7070Spatrick  */
750ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2(
751ec727ea7Spatrick     CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
752ec727ea7Spatrick     const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
753ec727ea7Spatrick     struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
754ec727ea7Spatrick     unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
755e5dd7070Spatrick 
756e5dd7070Spatrick /**
757e5dd7070Spatrick  * Same as clang_parseTranslationUnit2 but requires a full command line
758e5dd7070Spatrick  * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
759e5dd7070Spatrick  * library paths are relative to the binary.
760e5dd7070Spatrick  */
761e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXErrorCode clang_parseTranslationUnit2FullArgv(
762e5dd7070Spatrick     CXIndex CIdx, const char *source_filename,
763e5dd7070Spatrick     const char *const *command_line_args, int num_command_line_args,
764e5dd7070Spatrick     struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
765e5dd7070Spatrick     unsigned options, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU);
766e5dd7070Spatrick 
767e5dd7070Spatrick /**
768e5dd7070Spatrick  * Flags that control how translation units are saved.
769e5dd7070Spatrick  *
770e5dd7070Spatrick  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
771e5dd7070Spatrick  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
772e5dd7070Spatrick  * saving the translation unit.
773e5dd7070Spatrick  */
774e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXSaveTranslationUnit_Flags {
775e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
776e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that no special saving options are needed.
777e5dd7070Spatrick    */
778e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSaveTranslationUnit_None = 0x0
779e5dd7070Spatrick };
780e5dd7070Spatrick 
781e5dd7070Spatrick /**
782e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for saving a translation
783e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit.
784e5dd7070Spatrick  *
785e5dd7070Spatrick  * The set of flags returned provide options for
786e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
787e5dd7070Spatrick  * set contains an unspecified set of options that save translation units with
788e5dd7070Spatrick  * the most commonly-requested data.
789e5dd7070Spatrick  */
790e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultSaveOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
791e5dd7070Spatrick 
792e5dd7070Spatrick /**
793e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes the kind of error that occurred (if any) in a call to
794e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_saveTranslationUnit().
795e5dd7070Spatrick  */
796e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXSaveError {
797e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
798e5dd7070Spatrick    * Indicates that no error occurred while saving a translation unit.
799e5dd7070Spatrick    */
800e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSaveError_None = 0,
801e5dd7070Spatrick 
802e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
803e5dd7070Spatrick    * Indicates that an unknown error occurred while attempting to save
804e5dd7070Spatrick    * the file.
805e5dd7070Spatrick    *
806e5dd7070Spatrick    * This error typically indicates that file I/O failed when attempting to
807e5dd7070Spatrick    * write the file.
808e5dd7070Spatrick    */
809e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSaveError_Unknown = 1,
810e5dd7070Spatrick 
811e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
812e5dd7070Spatrick    * Indicates that errors during translation prevented this attempt
813e5dd7070Spatrick    * to save the translation unit.
814e5dd7070Spatrick    *
815e5dd7070Spatrick    * Errors that prevent the translation unit from being saved can be
816e5dd7070Spatrick    * extracted using \c clang_getNumDiagnostics() and \c clang_getDiagnostic().
817e5dd7070Spatrick    */
818e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSaveError_TranslationErrors = 2,
819e5dd7070Spatrick 
820e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
821e5dd7070Spatrick    * Indicates that the translation unit to be saved was somehow
822e5dd7070Spatrick    * invalid (e.g., NULL).
823e5dd7070Spatrick    */
824e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSaveError_InvalidTU = 3
825e5dd7070Spatrick };
826e5dd7070Spatrick 
827e5dd7070Spatrick /**
828e5dd7070Spatrick  * Saves a translation unit into a serialized representation of
829e5dd7070Spatrick  * that translation unit on disk.
830e5dd7070Spatrick  *
831e5dd7070Spatrick  * Any translation unit that was parsed without error can be saved
832e5dd7070Spatrick  * into a file. The translation unit can then be deserialized into a
833e5dd7070Spatrick  * new \c CXTranslationUnit with \c clang_createTranslationUnit() or,
834e5dd7070Spatrick  * if it is an incomplete translation unit that corresponds to a
835e5dd7070Spatrick  * header, used as a precompiled header when parsing other translation
836e5dd7070Spatrick  * units.
837e5dd7070Spatrick  *
838e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param TU The translation unit to save.
839e5dd7070Spatrick  *
840e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param FileName The file to which the translation unit will be saved.
841e5dd7070Spatrick  *
842e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param options A bitmask of options that affects how the translation unit
843e5dd7070Spatrick  * is saved. This should be a bitwise OR of the
844e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXSaveTranslationUnit_XXX flags.
845e5dd7070Spatrick  *
846e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns A value that will match one of the enumerators of the CXSaveError
847e5dd7070Spatrick  * enumeration. Zero (CXSaveError_None) indicates that the translation unit was
848e5dd7070Spatrick  * saved successfully, while a non-zero value indicates that a problem occurred.
849e5dd7070Spatrick  */
850e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_saveTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU,
851e5dd7070Spatrick                                              const char *FileName,
852e5dd7070Spatrick                                              unsigned options);
853e5dd7070Spatrick 
854e5dd7070Spatrick /**
855e5dd7070Spatrick  * Suspend a translation unit in order to free memory associated with it.
856e5dd7070Spatrick  *
857e5dd7070Spatrick  * A suspended translation unit uses significantly less memory but on the other
858e5dd7070Spatrick  * side does not support any other calls than \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit
859e5dd7070Spatrick  * to resume it or \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit to dispose it completely.
860e5dd7070Spatrick  */
861e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_suspendTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
862e5dd7070Spatrick 
863e5dd7070Spatrick /**
864e5dd7070Spatrick  * Destroy the specified CXTranslationUnit object.
865e5dd7070Spatrick  */
866e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit);
867e5dd7070Spatrick 
868e5dd7070Spatrick /**
869e5dd7070Spatrick  * Flags that control the reparsing of translation units.
870e5dd7070Spatrick  *
871e5dd7070Spatrick  * The enumerators in this enumeration type are meant to be bitwise
872e5dd7070Spatrick  * ORed together to specify which options should be used when
873e5dd7070Spatrick  * reparsing the translation unit.
874e5dd7070Spatrick  */
875e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXReparse_Flags {
876e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
877e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that no special reparsing options are needed.
878e5dd7070Spatrick    */
879e5dd7070Spatrick   CXReparse_None = 0x0
880e5dd7070Spatrick };
881e5dd7070Spatrick 
882e5dd7070Spatrick /**
883e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the set of flags that is suitable for reparsing a translation
884e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit.
885e5dd7070Spatrick  *
886e5dd7070Spatrick  * The set of flags returned provide options for
887e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_reparseTranslationUnit() by default. The returned flag
888e5dd7070Spatrick  * set contains an unspecified set of optimizations geared toward common uses
889e5dd7070Spatrick  * of reparsing. The set of optimizations enabled may change from one version
890e5dd7070Spatrick  * to the next.
891e5dd7070Spatrick  */
892e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultReparseOptions(CXTranslationUnit TU);
893e5dd7070Spatrick 
894e5dd7070Spatrick /**
895e5dd7070Spatrick  * Reparse the source files that produced this translation unit.
896e5dd7070Spatrick  *
897e5dd7070Spatrick  * This routine can be used to re-parse the source files that originally
898e5dd7070Spatrick  * created the given translation unit, for example because those source files
899e5dd7070Spatrick  * have changed (either on disk or as passed via \p unsaved_files). The
900e5dd7070Spatrick  * source code will be reparsed with the same command-line options as it
901e5dd7070Spatrick  * was originally parsed.
902e5dd7070Spatrick  *
903e5dd7070Spatrick  * Reparsing a translation unit invalidates all cursors and source locations
904e5dd7070Spatrick  * that refer into that translation unit. This makes reparsing a translation
905e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit semantically equivalent to destroying the translation unit and then
906e5dd7070Spatrick  * creating a new translation unit with the same command-line arguments.
907e5dd7070Spatrick  * However, it may be more efficient to reparse a translation
908e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit using this routine.
909e5dd7070Spatrick  *
910e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param TU The translation unit whose contents will be re-parsed. The
911e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation unit must originally have been built with
912e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_createTranslationUnitFromSourceFile().
913e5dd7070Spatrick  *
914e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
915e5dd7070Spatrick  * unsaved_files.
916e5dd7070Spatrick  *
917e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param unsaved_files The files that have not yet been saved to disk
918e5dd7070Spatrick  * but may be required for parsing, including the contents of
919e5dd7070Spatrick  * those files.  The contents and name of these files (as specified by
920e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the client only needs to
921e5dd7070Spatrick  * guarantee their validity until the call to this function returns.
922e5dd7070Spatrick  *
923e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param options A bitset of options composed of the flags in CXReparse_Flags.
924e5dd7070Spatrick  * The function \c clang_defaultReparseOptions() produces a default set of
925e5dd7070Spatrick  * options recommended for most uses, based on the translation unit.
926e5dd7070Spatrick  *
927e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns 0 if the sources could be reparsed.  A non-zero error code will be
928e5dd7070Spatrick  * returned if reparsing was impossible, such that the translation unit is
929e5dd7070Spatrick  * invalid. In such cases, the only valid call for \c TU is
930e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_disposeTranslationUnit(TU).  The error codes returned by this
931e5dd7070Spatrick  * routine are described by the \c CXErrorCode enum.
932e5dd7070Spatrick  */
933ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int
934ec727ea7Spatrick clang_reparseTranslationUnit(CXTranslationUnit TU, unsigned num_unsaved_files,
935e5dd7070Spatrick                              struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
936e5dd7070Spatrick                              unsigned options);
937e5dd7070Spatrick 
938e5dd7070Spatrick /**
939e5dd7070Spatrick  * Categorizes how memory is being used by a translation unit.
940e5dd7070Spatrick  */
941e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXTUResourceUsageKind {
942e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_AST = 1,
943e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_Identifiers = 2,
944e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_Selectors = 3,
945e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_GlobalCompletionResults = 4,
946e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManagerContentCache = 5,
947e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_AST_SideTables = 6,
948e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_Malloc = 7,
949e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_Membuffer_MMap = 8,
950e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_Malloc = 9,
951e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_ExternalASTSource_Membuffer_MMap = 10,
952e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor = 11,
953e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_PreprocessingRecord = 12,
954e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_SourceManager_DataStructures = 13,
955e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch = 14,
956e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_BEGIN = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
957e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_MEMORY_IN_BYTES_END =
958e5dd7070Spatrick       CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch,
959e5dd7070Spatrick 
960e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_First = CXTUResourceUsage_AST,
961e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsage_Last = CXTUResourceUsage_Preprocessor_HeaderSearch
962e5dd7070Spatrick };
963e5dd7070Spatrick 
964e5dd7070Spatrick /**
965e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the human-readable null-terminated C string that represents
966e5dd7070Spatrick  *  the name of the memory category.  This string should never be freed.
967e5dd7070Spatrick  */
968e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
969e5dd7070Spatrick const char *clang_getTUResourceUsageName(enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind);
970e5dd7070Spatrick 
971e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct CXTUResourceUsageEntry {
972e5dd7070Spatrick   /* The memory usage category. */
973e5dd7070Spatrick   enum CXTUResourceUsageKind kind;
974e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Amount of resources used.
975e5dd7070Spatrick       The units will depend on the resource kind. */
976e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned long amount;
977e5dd7070Spatrick } CXTUResourceUsageEntry;
978e5dd7070Spatrick 
979e5dd7070Spatrick /**
980e5dd7070Spatrick  * The memory usage of a CXTranslationUnit, broken into categories.
981e5dd7070Spatrick  */
982e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct CXTUResourceUsage {
983e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Private data member, used for queries. */
984e5dd7070Spatrick   void *data;
985e5dd7070Spatrick 
986e5dd7070Spatrick   /* The number of entries in the 'entries' array. */
987e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned numEntries;
988e5dd7070Spatrick 
989e5dd7070Spatrick   /* An array of key-value pairs, representing the breakdown of memory
990e5dd7070Spatrick             usage. */
991e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTUResourceUsageEntry *entries;
992e5dd7070Spatrick 
993e5dd7070Spatrick } CXTUResourceUsage;
994e5dd7070Spatrick 
995e5dd7070Spatrick /**
996e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the memory usage of a translation unit.  This object
997e5dd7070Spatrick  *  should be released with clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage().
998e5dd7070Spatrick  */
999ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTUResourceUsage
1000ec727ea7Spatrick clang_getCXTUResourceUsage(CXTranslationUnit TU);
1001e5dd7070Spatrick 
1002e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXTUResourceUsage(CXTUResourceUsage usage);
1003e5dd7070Spatrick 
1004e5dd7070Spatrick /**
1005e5dd7070Spatrick  * Get target information for this translation unit.
1006e5dd7070Spatrick  *
1007e5dd7070Spatrick  * The CXTargetInfo object cannot outlive the CXTranslationUnit object.
1008e5dd7070Spatrick  */
1009e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTargetInfo
1010e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getTranslationUnitTargetInfo(CXTranslationUnit CTUnit);
1011e5dd7070Spatrick 
1012e5dd7070Spatrick /**
1013e5dd7070Spatrick  * Destroy the CXTargetInfo object.
1014e5dd7070Spatrick  */
1015ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_TargetInfo_dispose(CXTargetInfo Info);
1016e5dd7070Spatrick 
1017e5dd7070Spatrick /**
1018e5dd7070Spatrick  * Get the normalized target triple as a string.
1019e5dd7070Spatrick  *
1020e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the empty string in case of any error.
1021e5dd7070Spatrick  */
1022ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_TargetInfo_getTriple(CXTargetInfo Info);
1023e5dd7070Spatrick 
1024e5dd7070Spatrick /**
1025e5dd7070Spatrick  * Get the pointer width of the target in bits.
1026e5dd7070Spatrick  *
1027e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns -1 in case of error.
1028e5dd7070Spatrick  */
1029ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_TargetInfo_getPointerWidth(CXTargetInfo Info);
1030e5dd7070Spatrick 
1031e5dd7070Spatrick /**
1032e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
1033e5dd7070Spatrick  */
1034e5dd7070Spatrick 
1035e5dd7070Spatrick /**
1036e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes the kind of entity that a cursor refers to.
1037e5dd7070Spatrick  */
1038e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXCursorKind {
1039e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Declarations */
1040e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1041e5dd7070Spatrick    * A declaration whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1042e5dd7070Spatrick    * interface.
1043e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1044e5dd7070Spatrick    * Unexposed declarations have the same operations as any other kind
1045e5dd7070Spatrick    * of declaration; one can extract their location information,
1046e5dd7070Spatrick    * spelling, find their definitions, etc. However, the specific kind
1047e5dd7070Spatrick    * of the declaration is not reported.
1048e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1049e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UnexposedDecl = 1,
1050e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C or C++ struct. */
1051e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_StructDecl = 2,
1052e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C or C++ union. */
1053e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UnionDecl = 3,
1054e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ class. */
1055e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ClassDecl = 4,
1056e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An enumeration. */
1057e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_EnumDecl = 5,
1058e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1059e5dd7070Spatrick    * A field (in C) or non-static data member (in C++) in a
1060e5dd7070Spatrick    * struct, union, or C++ class.
1061e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1062e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FieldDecl = 6,
1063e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An enumerator constant. */
1064e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_EnumConstantDecl = 7,
1065e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A function. */
1066e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FunctionDecl = 8,
1067e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A variable. */
1068e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_VarDecl = 9,
1069e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A function or method parameter. */
1070e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ParmDecl = 10,
1071e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@interface. */
1072e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCInterfaceDecl = 11,
1073e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@interface for a category. */
1074e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCCategoryDecl = 12,
1075e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@protocol declaration. */
1076e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolDecl = 13,
1077e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@property declaration. */
1078e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl = 14,
1079e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C instance variable. */
1080e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCIvarDecl = 15,
1081e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C instance method. */
1082e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCInstanceMethodDecl = 16,
1083e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C class method. */
1084e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCClassMethodDecl = 17,
1085e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@implementation. */
1086e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCImplementationDecl = 18,
1087e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@implementation for a category. */
1088e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCCategoryImplDecl = 19,
1089e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A typedef. */
1090e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_TypedefDecl = 20,
1091e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ class method. */
1092e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXMethod = 21,
1093e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ namespace. */
1094e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_Namespace = 22,
1095e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A linkage specification, e.g. 'extern "C"'. */
1096e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LinkageSpec = 23,
1097e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ constructor. */
1098e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_Constructor = 24,
1099e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ destructor. */
1100e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_Destructor = 25,
1101e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ conversion function. */
1102e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ConversionFunction = 26,
1103e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ template type parameter. */
1104e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_TemplateTypeParameter = 27,
1105e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ non-type template parameter. */
1106e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NonTypeTemplateParameter = 28,
1107e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ template template parameter. */
1108e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_TemplateTemplateParameter = 29,
1109e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ function template. */
1110e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FunctionTemplate = 30,
1111e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ class template. */
1112e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ClassTemplate = 31,
1113e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ class template partial specialization. */
1114e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization = 32,
1115e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ namespace alias declaration. */
1116e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NamespaceAlias = 33,
1117e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ using directive. */
1118e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UsingDirective = 34,
1119e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ using declaration. */
1120e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UsingDeclaration = 35,
1121e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ alias declaration */
1122e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_TypeAliasDecl = 36,
1123e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@synthesize definition. */
1124e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCSynthesizeDecl = 37,
1125e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@dynamic definition. */
1126e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCDynamicDecl = 38,
1127e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An access specifier. */
1128e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier = 39,
1129e5dd7070Spatrick 
1130e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FirstDecl = CXCursor_UnexposedDecl,
1131e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LastDecl = CXCursor_CXXAccessSpecifier,
1132e5dd7070Spatrick 
1133e5dd7070Spatrick   /* References */
1134e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FirstRef = 40, /* Decl references */
1135e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCSuperClassRef = 40,
1136e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolRef = 41,
1137e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCClassRef = 42,
1138e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1139e5dd7070Spatrick    * A reference to a type declaration.
1140e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1141e5dd7070Spatrick    * A type reference occurs anywhere where a type is named but not
1142e5dd7070Spatrick    * declared. For example, given:
1143e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1144e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1145e5dd7070Spatrick    * typedef unsigned size_type;
1146e5dd7070Spatrick    * size_type size;
1147e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1148e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1149e5dd7070Spatrick    * The typedef is a declaration of size_type (CXCursor_TypedefDecl),
1150e5dd7070Spatrick    * while the type of the variable "size" is referenced. The cursor
1151e5dd7070Spatrick    * referenced by the type of size is the typedef for size_type.
1152e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1153e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_TypeRef = 43,
1154e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXBaseSpecifier = 44,
1155e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1156e5dd7070Spatrick    * A reference to a class template, function template, template
1157e5dd7070Spatrick    * template parameter, or class template partial specialization.
1158e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1159e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_TemplateRef = 45,
1160e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1161e5dd7070Spatrick    * A reference to a namespace or namespace alias.
1162e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1163e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NamespaceRef = 46,
1164e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1165e5dd7070Spatrick    * A reference to a member of a struct, union, or class that occurs in
1166e5dd7070Spatrick    * some non-expression context, e.g., a designated initializer.
1167e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1168e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_MemberRef = 47,
1169e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1170e5dd7070Spatrick    * A reference to a labeled statement.
1171e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1172e5dd7070Spatrick    * This cursor kind is used to describe the jump to "start_over" in the
1173e5dd7070Spatrick    * goto statement in the following example:
1174e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1175e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1176e5dd7070Spatrick    *   start_over:
1177e5dd7070Spatrick    *     ++counter;
1178e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1179e5dd7070Spatrick    *     goto start_over;
1180e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1181e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1182e5dd7070Spatrick    * A label reference cursor refers to a label statement.
1183e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1184e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LabelRef = 48,
1185e5dd7070Spatrick 
1186e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1187e5dd7070Spatrick    * A reference to a set of overloaded functions or function templates
1188e5dd7070Spatrick    * that has not yet been resolved to a specific function or function template.
1189e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1190e5dd7070Spatrick    * An overloaded declaration reference cursor occurs in C++ templates where
1191e5dd7070Spatrick    * a dependent name refers to a function. For example:
1192e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1193e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1194e5dd7070Spatrick    * template<typename T> void swap(T&, T&);
1195e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1196e5dd7070Spatrick    * struct X { ... };
1197e5dd7070Spatrick    * void swap(X&, X&);
1198e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1199e5dd7070Spatrick    * template<typename T>
1200e5dd7070Spatrick    * void reverse(T* first, T* last) {
1201e5dd7070Spatrick    *   while (first < last - 1) {
1202e5dd7070Spatrick    *     swap(*first, *--last);
1203e5dd7070Spatrick    *     ++first;
1204e5dd7070Spatrick    *   }
1205e5dd7070Spatrick    * }
1206e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1207e5dd7070Spatrick    * struct Y { };
1208e5dd7070Spatrick    * void swap(Y&, Y&);
1209e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1210e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1211e5dd7070Spatrick    * Here, the identifier "swap" is associated with an overloaded declaration
1212e5dd7070Spatrick    * reference. In the template definition, "swap" refers to either of the two
1213e5dd7070Spatrick    * "swap" functions declared above, so both results will be available. At
1214e5dd7070Spatrick    * instantiation time, "swap" may also refer to other functions found via
1215e5dd7070Spatrick    * argument-dependent lookup (e.g., the "swap" function at the end of the
1216e5dd7070Spatrick    * example).
1217e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1218e5dd7070Spatrick    * The functions \c clang_getNumOverloadedDecls() and
1219e5dd7070Spatrick    * \c clang_getOverloadedDecl() can be used to retrieve the definitions
1220e5dd7070Spatrick    * referenced by this cursor.
1221e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1222e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef = 49,
1223e5dd7070Spatrick 
1224e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1225e5dd7070Spatrick    * A reference to a variable that occurs in some non-expression
1226e5dd7070Spatrick    * context, e.g., a C++ lambda capture list.
1227e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1228e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_VariableRef = 50,
1229e5dd7070Spatrick 
1230e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LastRef = CXCursor_VariableRef,
1231e5dd7070Spatrick 
1232e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Error conditions */
1233e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FirstInvalid = 70,
1234e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_InvalidFile = 70,
1235e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NoDeclFound = 71,
1236e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NotImplemented = 72,
1237e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_InvalidCode = 73,
1238e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LastInvalid = CXCursor_InvalidCode,
1239e5dd7070Spatrick 
1240e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Expressions */
1241e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FirstExpr = 100,
1242e5dd7070Spatrick 
1243e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1244e5dd7070Spatrick    * An expression whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1245e5dd7070Spatrick    * interface.
1246e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1247e5dd7070Spatrick    * Unexposed expressions have the same operations as any other kind
1248e5dd7070Spatrick    * of expression; one can extract their location information,
1249e5dd7070Spatrick    * spelling, children, etc. However, the specific kind of the
1250e5dd7070Spatrick    * expression is not reported.
1251e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1252e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UnexposedExpr = 100,
1253e5dd7070Spatrick 
1254e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1255e5dd7070Spatrick    * An expression that refers to some value declaration, such
1256e5dd7070Spatrick    * as a function, variable, or enumerator.
1257e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1258e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_DeclRefExpr = 101,
1259e5dd7070Spatrick 
1260e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1261e5dd7070Spatrick    * An expression that refers to a member of a struct, union,
1262e5dd7070Spatrick    * class, Objective-C class, etc.
1263e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1264e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_MemberRefExpr = 102,
1265e5dd7070Spatrick 
1266e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An expression that calls a function. */
1267e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CallExpr = 103,
1268e5dd7070Spatrick 
1269e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An expression that sends a message to an Objective-C
1270e5dd7070Spatrick    object or class. */
1271e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCMessageExpr = 104,
1272e5dd7070Spatrick 
1273e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An expression that represents a block literal. */
1274e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_BlockExpr = 105,
1275e5dd7070Spatrick 
1276e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An integer literal.
1277e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1278e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_IntegerLiteral = 106,
1279e5dd7070Spatrick 
1280e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A floating point number literal.
1281e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1282e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FloatingLiteral = 107,
1283e5dd7070Spatrick 
1284e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An imaginary number literal.
1285e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1286e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ImaginaryLiteral = 108,
1287e5dd7070Spatrick 
1288e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A string literal.
1289e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1290e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_StringLiteral = 109,
1291e5dd7070Spatrick 
1292e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A character literal.
1293e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1294e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CharacterLiteral = 110,
1295e5dd7070Spatrick 
1296e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A parenthesized expression, e.g. "(1)".
1297e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1298e5dd7070Spatrick    * This AST node is only formed if full location information is requested.
1299e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1300e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ParenExpr = 111,
1301e5dd7070Spatrick 
1302e5dd7070Spatrick   /** This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and
1303e5dd7070Spatrick    * alignof).
1304e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1305e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UnaryOperator = 112,
1306e5dd7070Spatrick 
1307e5dd7070Spatrick   /** [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
1308e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1309e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ArraySubscriptExpr = 113,
1310e5dd7070Spatrick 
1311e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or
1312e5dd7070Spatrick    * "x <= y".
1313e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1314e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_BinaryOperator = 114,
1315e5dd7070Spatrick 
1316e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Compound assignment such as "+=".
1317e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1318e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CompoundAssignOperator = 115,
1319e5dd7070Spatrick 
1320e5dd7070Spatrick   /** The ?: ternary operator.
1321e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1322e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ConditionalOperator = 116,
1323e5dd7070Spatrick 
1324e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An explicit cast in C (C99 6.5.4) or a C-style cast in C++
1325e5dd7070Spatrick    * (C++ [expr.cast]), which uses the syntax (Type)expr.
1326e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1327e5dd7070Spatrick    * For example: (int)f.
1328e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1329e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CStyleCastExpr = 117,
1330e5dd7070Spatrick 
1331e5dd7070Spatrick   /** [C99 6.5.2.5]
1332e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1333e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CompoundLiteralExpr = 118,
1334e5dd7070Spatrick 
1335e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
1336e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1337e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_InitListExpr = 119,
1338e5dd7070Spatrick 
1339e5dd7070Spatrick   /** The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
1340e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1341e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_AddrLabelExpr = 120,
1342e5dd7070Spatrick 
1343e5dd7070Spatrick   /** This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;})
1344e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1345e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_StmtExpr = 121,
1346e5dd7070Spatrick 
1347e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Represents a C11 generic selection.
1348e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1349e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_GenericSelectionExpr = 122,
1350e5dd7070Spatrick 
1351e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null
1352e5dd7070Spatrick    * pointer constant that has integral type (e.g., int or long) and is the same
1353e5dd7070Spatrick    * size and alignment as a pointer.
1354e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1355e5dd7070Spatrick    * The __null extension is typically only used by system headers, which define
1356e5dd7070Spatrick    * NULL as __null in C++ rather than using 0 (which is an integer that may not
1357e5dd7070Spatrick    * match the size of a pointer).
1358e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1359e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_GNUNullExpr = 123,
1360e5dd7070Spatrick 
1361e5dd7070Spatrick   /** C++'s static_cast<> expression.
1362e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1363e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXStaticCastExpr = 124,
1364e5dd7070Spatrick 
1365e5dd7070Spatrick   /** C++'s dynamic_cast<> expression.
1366e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1367e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXDynamicCastExpr = 125,
1368e5dd7070Spatrick 
1369e5dd7070Spatrick   /** C++'s reinterpret_cast<> expression.
1370e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1371e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXReinterpretCastExpr = 126,
1372e5dd7070Spatrick 
1373e5dd7070Spatrick   /** C++'s const_cast<> expression.
1374e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1375e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXConstCastExpr = 127,
1376e5dd7070Spatrick 
1377e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Represents an explicit C++ type conversion that uses "functional"
1378e5dd7070Spatrick    * notion (C++ [expr.type.conv]).
1379e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1380e5dd7070Spatrick    * Example:
1381e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1382e5dd7070Spatrick    *   x = int(0.5);
1383e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1384e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1385e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXFunctionalCastExpr = 128,
1386e5dd7070Spatrick 
1387e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]).
1388e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1389e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXTypeidExpr = 129,
1390e5dd7070Spatrick 
1391e5dd7070Spatrick   /** [C++ 2.13.5] C++ Boolean Literal.
1392e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1393e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXBoolLiteralExpr = 130,
1394e5dd7070Spatrick 
1395e5dd7070Spatrick   /** [C++0x 2.14.7] C++ Pointer Literal.
1396e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1397e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr = 131,
1398e5dd7070Spatrick 
1399e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Represents the "this" expression in C++
1400e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1401e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXThisExpr = 132,
1402e5dd7070Spatrick 
1403e5dd7070Spatrick   /** [C++ 15] C++ Throw Expression.
1404e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1405e5dd7070Spatrick    * This handles 'throw' and 'throw' assignment-expression. When
1406e5dd7070Spatrick    * assignment-expression isn't present, Op will be null.
1407e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1408e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXThrowExpr = 133,
1409e5dd7070Spatrick 
1410e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A new expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g:
1411e5dd7070Spatrick    * "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
1412e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1413e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXNewExpr = 134,
1414e5dd7070Spatrick 
1415e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls,
1416e5dd7070Spatrick    * e.g. "delete[] pArray".
1417e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1418e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXDeleteExpr = 135,
1419e5dd7070Spatrick 
1420e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A unary expression. (noexcept, sizeof, or other traits)
1421e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1422e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UnaryExpr = 136,
1423e5dd7070Spatrick 
1424e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C string literal i.e. @"foo".
1425e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1426e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCStringLiteral = 137,
1427e5dd7070Spatrick 
1428e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@encode expression.
1429e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1430e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCEncodeExpr = 138,
1431e5dd7070Spatrick 
1432e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@selector expression.
1433e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1434e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCSelectorExpr = 139,
1435e5dd7070Spatrick 
1436e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C \@protocol expression.
1437e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1438e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCProtocolExpr = 140,
1439e5dd7070Spatrick 
1440e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An Objective-C "bridged" cast expression, which casts between
1441e5dd7070Spatrick    * Objective-C pointers and C pointers, transferring ownership in the process.
1442e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1443e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1444e5dd7070Spatrick    *   NSString *str = (__bridge_transfer NSString *)CFCreateString();
1445e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1446e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1447e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCBridgedCastExpr = 141,
1448e5dd7070Spatrick 
1449e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Represents a C++0x pack expansion that produces a sequence of
1450e5dd7070Spatrick    * expressions.
1451e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1452e5dd7070Spatrick    * A pack expansion expression contains a pattern (which itself is an
1453e5dd7070Spatrick    * expression) followed by an ellipsis. For example:
1454e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1455e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1456e5dd7070Spatrick    * template<typename F, typename ...Types>
1457e5dd7070Spatrick    * void forward(F f, Types &&...args) {
1458e5dd7070Spatrick    *  f(static_cast<Types&&>(args)...);
1459e5dd7070Spatrick    * }
1460e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1461e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1462e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_PackExpansionExpr = 142,
1463e5dd7070Spatrick 
1464e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter
1465e5dd7070Spatrick    * pack.
1466e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1467e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1468e5dd7070Spatrick    * template<typename ...Types>
1469e5dd7070Spatrick    * struct count {
1470e5dd7070Spatrick    *   static const unsigned value = sizeof...(Types);
1471e5dd7070Spatrick    * };
1472e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1473e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1474e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_SizeOfPackExpr = 143,
1475e5dd7070Spatrick 
1476e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Represents a C++ lambda expression that produces a local function
1477e5dd7070Spatrick    * object.
1478e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1479e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1480e5dd7070Spatrick    * void abssort(float *x, unsigned N) {
1481e5dd7070Spatrick    *   std::sort(x, x + N,
1482e5dd7070Spatrick    *             [](float a, float b) {
1483e5dd7070Spatrick    *               return std::abs(a) < std::abs(b);
1484e5dd7070Spatrick    *             });
1485e5dd7070Spatrick    * }
1486e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1487e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1488e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LambdaExpr = 144,
1489e5dd7070Spatrick 
1490e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Objective-c Boolean Literal.
1491e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1492e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCBoolLiteralExpr = 145,
1493e5dd7070Spatrick 
1494e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Represents the "self" expression in an Objective-C method.
1495e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1496e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCSelfExpr = 146,
1497e5dd7070Spatrick 
1498ec727ea7Spatrick   /** OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.5, Array Section].
1499e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1500e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPArraySectionExpr = 147,
1501e5dd7070Spatrick 
1502e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Represents an @available(...) check.
1503e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1504e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr = 148,
1505e5dd7070Spatrick 
1506e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1507e5dd7070Spatrick    * Fixed point literal
1508e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1509e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FixedPointLiteral = 149,
1510e5dd7070Spatrick 
1511ec727ea7Spatrick   /** OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.4, Array Shaping].
1512ec727ea7Spatrick    */
1513ec727ea7Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPArrayShapingExpr = 150,
1514ec727ea7Spatrick 
1515ec727ea7Spatrick   /**
1516ec727ea7Spatrick    * OpenMP 5.0 [2.1.6 Iterators]
1517ec727ea7Spatrick    */
1518ec727ea7Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPIteratorExpr = 151,
1519ec727ea7Spatrick 
1520ec727ea7Spatrick   /** OpenCL's addrspace_cast<> expression.
1521ec727ea7Spatrick    */
1522ec727ea7Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXAddrspaceCastExpr = 152,
1523ec727ea7Spatrick 
1524*12c85518Srobert   /**
1525*12c85518Srobert    * Expression that references a C++20 concept.
1526*12c85518Srobert    */
1527*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_ConceptSpecializationExpr = 153,
1528*12c85518Srobert 
1529*12c85518Srobert   /**
1530*12c85518Srobert    * Expression that references a C++20 concept.
1531*12c85518Srobert    */
1532*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_RequiresExpr = 154,
1533*12c85518Srobert 
1534*12c85518Srobert   /**
1535*12c85518Srobert    * Expression that references a C++20 parenthesized list aggregate
1536*12c85518Srobert    * initializer.
1537*12c85518Srobert    */
1538*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_CXXParenListInitExpr = 155,
1539*12c85518Srobert 
1540*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_LastExpr = CXCursor_CXXParenListInitExpr,
1541e5dd7070Spatrick 
1542e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Statements */
1543e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FirstStmt = 200,
1544e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1545e5dd7070Spatrick    * A statement whose specific kind is not exposed via this
1546e5dd7070Spatrick    * interface.
1547e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1548e5dd7070Spatrick    * Unexposed statements have the same operations as any other kind of
1549e5dd7070Spatrick    * statement; one can extract their location information, spelling,
1550e5dd7070Spatrick    * children, etc. However, the specific kind of the statement is not
1551e5dd7070Spatrick    * reported.
1552e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1553e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UnexposedStmt = 200,
1554e5dd7070Spatrick 
1555e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A labelled statement in a function.
1556e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1557e5dd7070Spatrick    * This cursor kind is used to describe the "start_over:" label statement in
1558e5dd7070Spatrick    * the following example:
1559e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1560e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
1561e5dd7070Spatrick    *   start_over:
1562e5dd7070Spatrick    *     ++counter;
1563e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
1564e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1565e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1566e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LabelStmt = 201,
1567e5dd7070Spatrick 
1568e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
1569e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1570e5dd7070Spatrick    * This cursor kind is used to describe compound statements, e.g. function
1571e5dd7070Spatrick    * bodies.
1572e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1573e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CompoundStmt = 202,
1574e5dd7070Spatrick 
1575e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A case statement.
1576e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1577e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CaseStmt = 203,
1578e5dd7070Spatrick 
1579e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A default statement.
1580e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1581e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_DefaultStmt = 204,
1582e5dd7070Spatrick 
1583e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An if statement
1584e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1585e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_IfStmt = 205,
1586e5dd7070Spatrick 
1587e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A switch statement.
1588e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1589e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_SwitchStmt = 206,
1590e5dd7070Spatrick 
1591e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A while statement.
1592e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1593e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_WhileStmt = 207,
1594e5dd7070Spatrick 
1595e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A do statement.
1596e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1597e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_DoStmt = 208,
1598e5dd7070Spatrick 
1599e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A for statement.
1600e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1601e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ForStmt = 209,
1602e5dd7070Spatrick 
1603e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A goto statement.
1604e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1605e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_GotoStmt = 210,
1606e5dd7070Spatrick 
1607e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An indirect goto statement.
1608e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1609e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_IndirectGotoStmt = 211,
1610e5dd7070Spatrick 
1611e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A continue statement.
1612e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1613e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ContinueStmt = 212,
1614e5dd7070Spatrick 
1615e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A break statement.
1616e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1617e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_BreakStmt = 213,
1618e5dd7070Spatrick 
1619e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A return statement.
1620e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1621e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ReturnStmt = 214,
1622e5dd7070Spatrick 
1623e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A GCC inline assembly statement extension.
1624e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1625e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt = 215,
1626e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_AsmStmt = CXCursor_GCCAsmStmt,
1627e5dd7070Spatrick 
1628e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Objective-C's overall \@try-\@catch-\@finally statement.
1629e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1630e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCAtTryStmt = 216,
1631e5dd7070Spatrick 
1632e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Objective-C's \@catch statement.
1633e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1634e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCAtCatchStmt = 217,
1635e5dd7070Spatrick 
1636e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Objective-C's \@finally statement.
1637e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1638e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCAtFinallyStmt = 218,
1639e5dd7070Spatrick 
1640e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Objective-C's \@throw statement.
1641e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1642e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCAtThrowStmt = 219,
1643e5dd7070Spatrick 
1644e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Objective-C's \@synchronized statement.
1645e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1646e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCAtSynchronizedStmt = 220,
1647e5dd7070Spatrick 
1648e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Objective-C's autorelease pool statement.
1649e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1650e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt = 221,
1651e5dd7070Spatrick 
1652e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Objective-C's collection statement.
1653e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1654e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCForCollectionStmt = 222,
1655e5dd7070Spatrick 
1656e5dd7070Spatrick   /** C++'s catch statement.
1657e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1658e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXCatchStmt = 223,
1659e5dd7070Spatrick 
1660e5dd7070Spatrick   /** C++'s try statement.
1661e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1662e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXTryStmt = 224,
1663e5dd7070Spatrick 
1664e5dd7070Spatrick   /** C++'s for (* : *) statement.
1665e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1666e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXForRangeStmt = 225,
1667e5dd7070Spatrick 
1668e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's try statement.
1669e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1670e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_SEHTryStmt = 226,
1671e5dd7070Spatrick 
1672e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's except statement.
1673e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1674e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_SEHExceptStmt = 227,
1675e5dd7070Spatrick 
1676e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's finally statement.
1677e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1678e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_SEHFinallyStmt = 228,
1679e5dd7070Spatrick 
1680e5dd7070Spatrick   /** A MS inline assembly statement extension.
1681e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1682e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_MSAsmStmt = 229,
1683e5dd7070Spatrick 
1684e5dd7070Spatrick   /** The null statement ";": C99 6.8.3p3.
1685e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1686e5dd7070Spatrick    * This cursor kind is used to describe the null statement.
1687e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1688e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NullStmt = 230,
1689e5dd7070Spatrick 
1690e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and
1691e5dd7070Spatrick    * expressions.
1692e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1693e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_DeclStmt = 231,
1694e5dd7070Spatrick 
1695e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP parallel directive.
1696e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1697e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPParallelDirective = 232,
1698e5dd7070Spatrick 
1699e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP SIMD directive.
1700e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1701e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPSimdDirective = 233,
1702e5dd7070Spatrick 
1703e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP for directive.
1704e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1705e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPForDirective = 234,
1706e5dd7070Spatrick 
1707e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP sections directive.
1708e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1709e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPSectionsDirective = 235,
1710e5dd7070Spatrick 
1711e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP section directive.
1712e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1713e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPSectionDirective = 236,
1714e5dd7070Spatrick 
1715e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP single directive.
1716e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1717e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPSingleDirective = 237,
1718e5dd7070Spatrick 
1719e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP parallel for directive.
1720e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1721e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPParallelForDirective = 238,
1722e5dd7070Spatrick 
1723e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP parallel sections directive.
1724e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1725e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPParallelSectionsDirective = 239,
1726e5dd7070Spatrick 
1727e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP task directive.
1728e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1729e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTaskDirective = 240,
1730e5dd7070Spatrick 
1731e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP master directive.
1732e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1733e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPMasterDirective = 241,
1734e5dd7070Spatrick 
1735e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP critical directive.
1736e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1737e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPCriticalDirective = 242,
1738e5dd7070Spatrick 
1739e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP taskyield directive.
1740e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1741e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTaskyieldDirective = 243,
1742e5dd7070Spatrick 
1743e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP barrier directive.
1744e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1745e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPBarrierDirective = 244,
1746e5dd7070Spatrick 
1747e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP taskwait directive.
1748e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1749e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTaskwaitDirective = 245,
1750e5dd7070Spatrick 
1751e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP flush directive.
1752e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1753e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPFlushDirective = 246,
1754e5dd7070Spatrick 
1755e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Windows Structured Exception Handling's leave statement.
1756e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1757e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_SEHLeaveStmt = 247,
1758e5dd7070Spatrick 
1759e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP ordered directive.
1760e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1761e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPOrderedDirective = 248,
1762e5dd7070Spatrick 
1763e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP atomic directive.
1764e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1765e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPAtomicDirective = 249,
1766e5dd7070Spatrick 
1767e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP for SIMD directive.
1768e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1769e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPForSimdDirective = 250,
1770e5dd7070Spatrick 
1771e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP parallel for SIMD directive.
1772e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1773e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPParallelForSimdDirective = 251,
1774e5dd7070Spatrick 
1775e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target directive.
1776e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1777e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetDirective = 252,
1778e5dd7070Spatrick 
1779e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP teams directive.
1780e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1781e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTeamsDirective = 253,
1782e5dd7070Spatrick 
1783e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP taskgroup directive.
1784e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1785e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTaskgroupDirective = 254,
1786e5dd7070Spatrick 
1787e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP cancellation point directive.
1788e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1789e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPCancellationPointDirective = 255,
1790e5dd7070Spatrick 
1791e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP cancel directive.
1792e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1793e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPCancelDirective = 256,
1794e5dd7070Spatrick 
1795e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target data directive.
1796e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1797e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetDataDirective = 257,
1798e5dd7070Spatrick 
1799e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP taskloop directive.
1800e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1801e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopDirective = 258,
1802e5dd7070Spatrick 
1803e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP taskloop simd directive.
1804e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1805e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTaskLoopSimdDirective = 259,
1806e5dd7070Spatrick 
1807e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP distribute directive.
1808e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1809e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPDistributeDirective = 260,
1810e5dd7070Spatrick 
1811e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target enter data directive.
1812e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1813e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetEnterDataDirective = 261,
1814e5dd7070Spatrick 
1815e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target exit data directive.
1816e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1817e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetExitDataDirective = 262,
1818e5dd7070Spatrick 
1819e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target parallel directive.
1820e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1821e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelDirective = 263,
1822e5dd7070Spatrick 
1823e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target parallel for directive.
1824e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1825e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForDirective = 264,
1826e5dd7070Spatrick 
1827e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target update directive.
1828e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1829e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetUpdateDirective = 265,
1830e5dd7070Spatrick 
1831e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP distribute parallel for directive.
1832e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1833e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForDirective = 266,
1834e5dd7070Spatrick 
1835e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP distribute parallel for simd directive.
1836e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1837e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 267,
1838e5dd7070Spatrick 
1839e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP distribute simd directive.
1840e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1841e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPDistributeSimdDirective = 268,
1842e5dd7070Spatrick 
1843e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target parallel for simd directive.
1844e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1845e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective = 269,
1846e5dd7070Spatrick 
1847e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target simd directive.
1848e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1849e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetSimdDirective = 270,
1850e5dd7070Spatrick 
1851e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP teams distribute directive.
1852e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1853e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeDirective = 271,
1854e5dd7070Spatrick 
1855e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP teams distribute simd directive.
1856e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1857e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective = 272,
1858e5dd7070Spatrick 
1859e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
1860e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1861e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 273,
1862e5dd7070Spatrick 
1863e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP teams distribute parallel for directive.
1864e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1865e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective = 274,
1866e5dd7070Spatrick 
1867e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target teams directive.
1868e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1869e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDirective = 275,
1870e5dd7070Spatrick 
1871e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target teams distribute directive.
1872e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1873e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective = 276,
1874e5dd7070Spatrick 
1875e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for directive.
1876e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1877e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective = 277,
1878e5dd7070Spatrick 
1879e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target teams distribute parallel for simd directive.
1880e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1881e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective = 278,
1882e5dd7070Spatrick 
1883e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP target teams distribute simd directive.
1884e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1885e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective = 279,
1886e5dd7070Spatrick 
1887e5dd7070Spatrick   /** C++2a std::bit_cast expression.
1888e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1889e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_BuiltinBitCastExpr = 280,
1890e5dd7070Spatrick 
1891e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP master taskloop directive.
1892e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1893e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPMasterTaskLoopDirective = 281,
1894e5dd7070Spatrick 
1895e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP parallel master taskloop directive.
1896e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1897e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective = 282,
1898e5dd7070Spatrick 
1899e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP master taskloop simd directive.
1900e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1901e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective = 283,
1902e5dd7070Spatrick 
1903e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP parallel master taskloop simd directive.
1904e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1905e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective = 284,
1906e5dd7070Spatrick 
1907e5dd7070Spatrick   /** OpenMP parallel master directive.
1908e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1909e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPParallelMasterDirective = 285,
1910e5dd7070Spatrick 
1911ec727ea7Spatrick   /** OpenMP depobj directive.
1912ec727ea7Spatrick    */
1913ec727ea7Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPDepobjDirective = 286,
1914ec727ea7Spatrick 
1915ec727ea7Spatrick   /** OpenMP scan directive.
1916ec727ea7Spatrick    */
1917ec727ea7Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPScanDirective = 287,
1918ec727ea7Spatrick 
1919a9ac8606Spatrick   /** OpenMP tile directive.
1920a9ac8606Spatrick    */
1921a9ac8606Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPTileDirective = 288,
1922a9ac8606Spatrick 
1923a9ac8606Spatrick   /** OpenMP canonical loop.
1924a9ac8606Spatrick    */
1925a9ac8606Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPCanonicalLoop = 289,
1926a9ac8606Spatrick 
1927a9ac8606Spatrick   /** OpenMP interop directive.
1928a9ac8606Spatrick    */
1929a9ac8606Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPInteropDirective = 290,
1930a9ac8606Spatrick 
1931a9ac8606Spatrick   /** OpenMP dispatch directive.
1932a9ac8606Spatrick    */
1933a9ac8606Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPDispatchDirective = 291,
1934a9ac8606Spatrick 
1935a9ac8606Spatrick   /** OpenMP masked directive.
1936a9ac8606Spatrick    */
1937a9ac8606Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPMaskedDirective = 292,
1938a9ac8606Spatrick 
1939a9ac8606Spatrick   /** OpenMP unroll directive.
1940a9ac8606Spatrick    */
1941a9ac8606Spatrick   CXCursor_OMPUnrollDirective = 293,
1942a9ac8606Spatrick 
1943*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP metadirective directive.
1944*12c85518Srobert    */
1945*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPMetaDirective = 294,
1946*12c85518Srobert 
1947*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP loop directive.
1948*12c85518Srobert    */
1949*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPGenericLoopDirective = 295,
1950*12c85518Srobert 
1951*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP teams loop directive.
1952*12c85518Srobert    */
1953*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPTeamsGenericLoopDirective = 296,
1954*12c85518Srobert 
1955*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP target teams loop directive.
1956*12c85518Srobert    */
1957*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPTargetTeamsGenericLoopDirective = 297,
1958*12c85518Srobert 
1959*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP parallel loop directive.
1960*12c85518Srobert    */
1961*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPParallelGenericLoopDirective = 298,
1962*12c85518Srobert 
1963*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP target parallel loop directive.
1964*12c85518Srobert    */
1965*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPTargetParallelGenericLoopDirective = 299,
1966*12c85518Srobert 
1967*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP parallel masked directive.
1968*12c85518Srobert    */
1969*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedDirective = 300,
1970*12c85518Srobert 
1971*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP masked taskloop directive.
1972*12c85518Srobert    */
1973*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPMaskedTaskLoopDirective = 301,
1974*12c85518Srobert 
1975*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP masked taskloop simd directive.
1976*12c85518Srobert    */
1977*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective = 302,
1978*12c85518Srobert 
1979*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP parallel masked taskloop directive.
1980*12c85518Srobert    */
1981*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopDirective = 303,
1982*12c85518Srobert 
1983*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP parallel masked taskloop simd directive.
1984*12c85518Srobert    */
1985*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPParallelMaskedTaskLoopSimdDirective = 304,
1986*12c85518Srobert 
1987*12c85518Srobert   /** OpenMP error directive.
1988*12c85518Srobert    */
1989*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_OMPErrorDirective = 305,
1990*12c85518Srobert 
1991*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_LastStmt = CXCursor_OMPErrorDirective,
1992e5dd7070Spatrick 
1993e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
1994e5dd7070Spatrick    * Cursor that represents the translation unit itself.
1995e5dd7070Spatrick    *
1996e5dd7070Spatrick    * The translation unit cursor exists primarily to act as the root
1997e5dd7070Spatrick    * cursor for traversing the contents of a translation unit.
1998e5dd7070Spatrick    */
1999*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_TranslationUnit = 350,
2000e5dd7070Spatrick 
2001e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Attributes */
2002e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FirstAttr = 400,
2003e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2004e5dd7070Spatrick    * An attribute whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2005e5dd7070Spatrick    * interface.
2006e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2007e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_UnexposedAttr = 400,
2008e5dd7070Spatrick 
2009e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_IBActionAttr = 401,
2010e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_IBOutletAttr = 402,
2011e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_IBOutletCollectionAttr = 403,
2012e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXFinalAttr = 404,
2013e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CXXOverrideAttr = 405,
2014e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_AnnotateAttr = 406,
2015e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_AsmLabelAttr = 407,
2016e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_PackedAttr = 408,
2017e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_PureAttr = 409,
2018e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ConstAttr = 410,
2019e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NoDuplicateAttr = 411,
2020e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CUDAConstantAttr = 412,
2021e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CUDADeviceAttr = 413,
2022e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CUDAGlobalAttr = 414,
2023e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CUDAHostAttr = 415,
2024e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_CUDASharedAttr = 416,
2025e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_VisibilityAttr = 417,
2026e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_DLLExport = 418,
2027e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_DLLImport = 419,
2028e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NSReturnsRetained = 420,
2029e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NSReturnsNotRetained = 421,
2030e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NSReturnsAutoreleased = 422,
2031e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NSConsumesSelf = 423,
2032e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_NSConsumed = 424,
2033e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCException = 425,
2034e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCNSObject = 426,
2035e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCIndependentClass = 427,
2036e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCPreciseLifetime = 428,
2037e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCReturnsInnerPointer = 429,
2038e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCRequiresSuper = 430,
2039e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCRootClass = 431,
2040e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCSubclassingRestricted = 432,
2041e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCExplicitProtocolImpl = 433,
2042e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCDesignatedInitializer = 434,
2043e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCRuntimeVisible = 435,
2044e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ObjCBoxable = 436,
2045e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FlagEnum = 437,
2046e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ConvergentAttr = 438,
2047e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_WarnUnusedAttr = 439,
2048e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_WarnUnusedResultAttr = 440,
2049e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_AlignedAttr = 441,
2050e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LastAttr = CXCursor_AlignedAttr,
2051e5dd7070Spatrick 
2052e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Preprocessing */
2053e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective = 500,
2054e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_MacroDefinition = 501,
2055e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_MacroExpansion = 502,
2056e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_MacroInstantiation = CXCursor_MacroExpansion,
2057e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_InclusionDirective = 503,
2058e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FirstPreprocessing = CXCursor_PreprocessingDirective,
2059e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_LastPreprocessing = CXCursor_InclusionDirective,
2060e5dd7070Spatrick 
2061e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Extra Declarations */
2062e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2063e5dd7070Spatrick    * A module import declaration.
2064e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2065e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl = 600,
2066e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_TypeAliasTemplateDecl = 601,
2067e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2068e5dd7070Spatrick    * A static_assert or _Static_assert node
2069e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2070e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_StaticAssert = 602,
2071e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2072e5dd7070Spatrick    * a friend declaration.
2073e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2074e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FriendDecl = 603,
2075*12c85518Srobert   /**
2076*12c85518Srobert    * a concept declaration.
2077*12c85518Srobert    */
2078*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_ConceptDecl = 604,
2079*12c85518Srobert 
2080e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_FirstExtraDecl = CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl,
2081*12c85518Srobert   CXCursor_LastExtraDecl = CXCursor_ConceptDecl,
2082e5dd7070Spatrick 
2083e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2084e5dd7070Spatrick    * A code completion overload candidate.
2085e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2086e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor_OverloadCandidate = 700
2087e5dd7070Spatrick };
2088e5dd7070Spatrick 
2089e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2090e5dd7070Spatrick  * A cursor representing some element in the abstract syntax tree for
2091e5dd7070Spatrick  * a translation unit.
2092e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2093e5dd7070Spatrick  * The cursor abstraction unifies the different kinds of entities in a
2094e5dd7070Spatrick  * program--declaration, statements, expressions, references to declarations,
2095e5dd7070Spatrick  * etc.--under a single "cursor" abstraction with a common set of operations.
2096e5dd7070Spatrick  * Common operation for a cursor include: getting the physical location in
2097e5dd7070Spatrick  * a source file where the cursor points, getting the name associated with a
2098e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor, and retrieving cursors for any child nodes of a particular cursor.
2099e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2100e5dd7070Spatrick  * Cursors can be produced in two specific ways.
2101e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_getTranslationUnitCursor() produces a cursor for a translation unit,
2102e5dd7070Spatrick  * from which one can use clang_visitChildren() to explore the rest of the
2103e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation unit. clang_getCursor() maps from a physical source location
2104e5dd7070Spatrick  * to the entity that resides at that location, allowing one to map from the
2105e5dd7070Spatrick  * source code into the AST.
2106e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2107e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
2108e5dd7070Spatrick   enum CXCursorKind kind;
2109e5dd7070Spatrick   int xdata;
2110e5dd7070Spatrick   const void *data[3];
2111e5dd7070Spatrick } CXCursor;
2112e5dd7070Spatrick 
2113e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2114e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_MANIP Cursor manipulations
2115e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2116e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
2117e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2118e5dd7070Spatrick 
2119e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2120e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the NULL cursor, which represents no entity.
2121e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2122e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getNullCursor(void);
2123e5dd7070Spatrick 
2124e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2125e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the cursor that represents the given translation unit.
2126e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2127e5dd7070Spatrick  * The translation unit cursor can be used to start traversing the
2128e5dd7070Spatrick  * various declarations within the given translation unit.
2129e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2130e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTranslationUnitCursor(CXTranslationUnit);
2131e5dd7070Spatrick 
2132e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2133e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether two cursors are equivalent.
2134e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2135e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalCursors(CXCursor, CXCursor);
2136e5dd7070Spatrick 
2137e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2138e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns non-zero if \p cursor is null.
2139e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2140e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isNull(CXCursor cursor);
2141e5dd7070Spatrick 
2142e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2143e5dd7070Spatrick  * Compute a hash value for the given cursor.
2144e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2145e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_hashCursor(CXCursor);
2146e5dd7070Spatrick 
2147e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2148e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the kind of the given cursor.
2149e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2150e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getCursorKind(CXCursor);
2151e5dd7070Spatrick 
2152e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2153e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a declaration.
2154e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2155e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isDeclaration(enum CXCursorKind);
2156e5dd7070Spatrick 
2157e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2158e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given declaration is invalid.
2159e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2160e5dd7070Spatrick  * A declaration is invalid if it could not be parsed successfully.
2161e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2162e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns non-zero if the cursor represents a declaration and it is
2163e5dd7070Spatrick  * invalid, otherwise NULL.
2164e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2165e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalidDeclaration(CXCursor);
2166e5dd7070Spatrick 
2167e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2168e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a simple
2169e5dd7070Spatrick  * reference.
2170e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2171e5dd7070Spatrick  * Note that other kinds of cursors (such as expressions) can also refer to
2172e5dd7070Spatrick  * other cursors. Use clang_getCursorReferenced() to determine whether a
2173e5dd7070Spatrick  * particular cursor refers to another entity.
2174e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2175e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isReference(enum CXCursorKind);
2176e5dd7070Spatrick 
2177e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2178e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an expression.
2179e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2180e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isExpression(enum CXCursorKind);
2181e5dd7070Spatrick 
2182e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2183e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a statement.
2184e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2185e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isStatement(enum CXCursorKind);
2186e5dd7070Spatrick 
2187e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2188e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an attribute.
2189e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2190e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isAttribute(enum CXCursorKind);
2191e5dd7070Spatrick 
2192e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2193e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor has any attributes.
2194e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2195e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_hasAttrs(CXCursor C);
2196e5dd7070Spatrick 
2197e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2198e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents an invalid
2199e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor.
2200e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2201e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isInvalid(enum CXCursorKind);
2202e5dd7070Spatrick 
2203e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2204e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor kind represents a translation
2205e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit.
2206e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2207e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isTranslationUnit(enum CXCursorKind);
2208e5dd7070Spatrick 
2209e5dd7070Spatrick /***
2210e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor represents a preprocessing
2211e5dd7070Spatrick  * element, such as a preprocessor directive or macro instantiation.
2212e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2213e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPreprocessing(enum CXCursorKind);
2214e5dd7070Spatrick 
2215e5dd7070Spatrick /***
2216e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor represents a currently
2217e5dd7070Spatrick  *  unexposed piece of the AST (e.g., CXCursor_UnexposedStmt).
2218e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2219e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isUnexposed(enum CXCursorKind);
2220e5dd7070Spatrick 
2221e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2222e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describe the linkage of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2223e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2224e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXLinkageKind {
2225e5dd7070Spatrick   /** This value indicates that no linkage information is available
2226e5dd7070Spatrick    * for a provided CXCursor. */
2227e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLinkage_Invalid,
2228e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2229e5dd7070Spatrick    * This is the linkage for variables, parameters, and so on that
2230e5dd7070Spatrick    *  have automatic storage.  This covers normal (non-extern) local variables.
2231e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2232e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLinkage_NoLinkage,
2233e5dd7070Spatrick   /** This is the linkage for static variables and static functions. */
2234e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLinkage_Internal,
2235e5dd7070Spatrick   /** This is the linkage for entities with external linkage that live
2236e5dd7070Spatrick    * in C++ anonymous namespaces.*/
2237e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLinkage_UniqueExternal,
2238e5dd7070Spatrick   /** This is the linkage for entities with true, external linkage. */
2239e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLinkage_External
2240e5dd7070Spatrick };
2241e5dd7070Spatrick 
2242e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2243e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the linkage of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
2244e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2245e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLinkageKind clang_getCursorLinkage(CXCursor cursor);
2246e5dd7070Spatrick 
2247e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXVisibilityKind {
2248e5dd7070Spatrick   /** This value indicates that no visibility information is available
2249e5dd7070Spatrick    * for a provided CXCursor. */
2250e5dd7070Spatrick   CXVisibility_Invalid,
2251e5dd7070Spatrick 
2252e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Symbol not seen by the linker. */
2253e5dd7070Spatrick   CXVisibility_Hidden,
2254e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Symbol seen by the linker but resolves to a symbol inside this object. */
2255e5dd7070Spatrick   CXVisibility_Protected,
2256e5dd7070Spatrick   /** Symbol seen by the linker and acts like a normal symbol. */
2257e5dd7070Spatrick   CXVisibility_Default
2258e5dd7070Spatrick };
2259e5dd7070Spatrick 
2260e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2261e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describe the visibility of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2262e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2263e5dd7070Spatrick  * This returns the default visibility if not explicitly specified by
2264e5dd7070Spatrick  * a visibility attribute. The default visibility may be changed by
2265e5dd7070Spatrick  * commandline arguments.
2266e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2267e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2268e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2269e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The visibility of the cursor.
2270e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2271e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXVisibilityKind clang_getCursorVisibility(CXCursor cursor);
2272e5dd7070Spatrick 
2273e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2274e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to,
2275e5dd7070Spatrick  * taking the current target platform into account.
2276e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2277e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2278e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2279e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The availability of the cursor.
2280e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2281e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
2282e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getCursorAvailability(CXCursor cursor);
2283e5dd7070Spatrick 
2284e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2285e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes the availability of a given entity on a particular platform, e.g.,
2286e5dd7070Spatrick  * a particular class might only be available on Mac OS 10.7 or newer.
2287e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2288e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct CXPlatformAvailability {
2289e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2290e5dd7070Spatrick    * A string that describes the platform for which this structure
2291e5dd7070Spatrick    * provides availability information.
2292e5dd7070Spatrick    *
2293e5dd7070Spatrick    * Possible values are "ios" or "macos".
2294e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2295e5dd7070Spatrick   CXString Platform;
2296e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2297e5dd7070Spatrick    * The version number in which this entity was introduced.
2298e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2299e5dd7070Spatrick   CXVersion Introduced;
2300e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2301e5dd7070Spatrick    * The version number in which this entity was deprecated (but is
2302e5dd7070Spatrick    * still available).
2303e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2304e5dd7070Spatrick   CXVersion Deprecated;
2305e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2306e5dd7070Spatrick    * The version number in which this entity was obsoleted, and therefore
2307e5dd7070Spatrick    * is no longer available.
2308e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2309e5dd7070Spatrick   CXVersion Obsoleted;
2310e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2311e5dd7070Spatrick    * Whether the entity is unconditionally unavailable on this platform.
2312e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2313e5dd7070Spatrick   int Unavailable;
2314e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2315e5dd7070Spatrick    * An optional message to provide to a user of this API, e.g., to
2316e5dd7070Spatrick    * suggest replacement APIs.
2317e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2318e5dd7070Spatrick   CXString Message;
2319e5dd7070Spatrick } CXPlatformAvailability;
2320e5dd7070Spatrick 
2321e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2322e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the availability of the entity that this cursor refers to
2323e5dd7070Spatrick  * on any platforms for which availability information is known.
2324e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2325e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
2326e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2327e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param always_deprecated If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2328e5dd7070Spatrick  * entity is deprecated on all platforms.
2329e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2330e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param deprecated_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
2331e5dd7070Spatrick  * provided along with the unconditional deprecation of this entity. The client
2332e5dd7070Spatrick  * is responsible for deallocating this string.
2333e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2334e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param always_unavailable If non-NULL, will be set to indicate whether the
2335e5dd7070Spatrick  * entity is unavailable on all platforms.
2336e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2337e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param unavailable_message If non-NULL, will be set to the message text
2338e5dd7070Spatrick  * provided along with the unconditional unavailability of this entity. The
2339e5dd7070Spatrick  * client is responsible for deallocating this string.
2340e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2341e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param availability If non-NULL, an array of CXPlatformAvailability instances
2342e5dd7070Spatrick  * that will be populated with platform availability information, up to either
2343e5dd7070Spatrick  * the number of platforms for which availability information is available (as
2344e5dd7070Spatrick  * returned by this function) or \c availability_size, whichever is smaller.
2345e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2346e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param availability_size The number of elements available in the
2347e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c availability array.
2348e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2349e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The number of platforms (N) for which availability information is
2350e5dd7070Spatrick  * available (which is unrelated to \c availability_size).
2351e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2352e5dd7070Spatrick  * Note that the client is responsible for calling
2353e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability to free each of the
2354e5dd7070Spatrick  * platform-availability structures returned. There are
2355e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c min(N, availability_size) such structures.
2356e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2357ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getCursorPlatformAvailability(
2358ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCursor cursor, int *always_deprecated, CXString *deprecated_message,
2359ec727ea7Spatrick     int *always_unavailable, CXString *unavailable_message,
2360ec727ea7Spatrick     CXPlatformAvailability *availability, int availability_size);
2361e5dd7070Spatrick 
2362e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2363e5dd7070Spatrick  * Free the memory associated with a \c CXPlatformAvailability structure.
2364e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2365e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void
2366e5dd7070Spatrick clang_disposeCXPlatformAvailability(CXPlatformAvailability *availability);
2367e5dd7070Spatrick 
2368e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2369a9ac8606Spatrick  * If cursor refers to a variable declaration and it has initializer returns
2370a9ac8606Spatrick  * cursor referring to the initializer otherwise return null cursor.
2371a9ac8606Spatrick  */
2372a9ac8606Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getVarDeclInitializer(CXCursor cursor);
2373a9ac8606Spatrick 
2374a9ac8606Spatrick /**
2375a9ac8606Spatrick  * If cursor refers to a variable declaration that has global storage returns 1.
2376a9ac8606Spatrick  * If cursor refers to a variable declaration that doesn't have global storage
2377a9ac8606Spatrick  * returns 0. Otherwise returns -1.
2378a9ac8606Spatrick  */
2379a9ac8606Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_hasVarDeclGlobalStorage(CXCursor cursor);
2380a9ac8606Spatrick 
2381a9ac8606Spatrick /**
2382a9ac8606Spatrick  * If cursor refers to a variable declaration that has external storage
2383a9ac8606Spatrick  * returns 1. If cursor refers to a variable declaration that doesn't have
2384a9ac8606Spatrick  * external storage returns 0. Otherwise returns -1.
2385a9ac8606Spatrick  */
2386a9ac8606Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_hasVarDeclExternalStorage(CXCursor cursor);
2387a9ac8606Spatrick 
2388a9ac8606Spatrick /**
2389e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describe the "language" of the entity referred to by a cursor.
2390e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2391e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXLanguageKind {
2392e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLanguage_Invalid = 0,
2393e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLanguage_C,
2394e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLanguage_ObjC,
2395e5dd7070Spatrick   CXLanguage_CPlusPlus
2396e5dd7070Spatrick };
2397e5dd7070Spatrick 
2398e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2399e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the "language" of the entity referred to by a given cursor.
2400e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2401e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXLanguageKind clang_getCursorLanguage(CXCursor cursor);
2402e5dd7070Spatrick 
2403e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2404e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describe the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
2405e5dd7070Spatrick  * referred to by a cursor.
2406e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2407ec727ea7Spatrick enum CXTLSKind { CXTLS_None = 0, CXTLS_Dynamic, CXTLS_Static };
2408e5dd7070Spatrick 
2409e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2410e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the "thread-local storage (TLS) kind" of the declaration
2411e5dd7070Spatrick  * referred to by a cursor.
2412e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2413e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTLSKind clang_getCursorTLSKind(CXCursor cursor);
2414e5dd7070Spatrick 
2415e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2416e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the translation unit that a cursor originated from.
2417e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2418e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTranslationUnit clang_Cursor_getTranslationUnit(CXCursor);
2419e5dd7070Spatrick 
2420e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2421e5dd7070Spatrick  * A fast container representing a set of CXCursors.
2422e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2423e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct CXCursorSetImpl *CXCursorSet;
2424e5dd7070Spatrick 
2425e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2426e5dd7070Spatrick  * Creates an empty CXCursorSet.
2427e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2428e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursorSet clang_createCXCursorSet(void);
2429e5dd7070Spatrick 
2430e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2431e5dd7070Spatrick  * Disposes a CXCursorSet and releases its associated memory.
2432e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2433e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeCXCursorSet(CXCursorSet cset);
2434e5dd7070Spatrick 
2435e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2436e5dd7070Spatrick  * Queries a CXCursorSet to see if it contains a specific CXCursor.
2437e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2438e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns non-zero if the set contains the specified cursor.
2439e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2440e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_contains(CXCursorSet cset,
2441e5dd7070Spatrick                                                    CXCursor cursor);
2442e5dd7070Spatrick 
2443e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2444e5dd7070Spatrick  * Inserts a CXCursor into a CXCursorSet.
2445e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2446e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns zero if the CXCursor was already in the set, and non-zero otherwise.
2447e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2448e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXCursorSet_insert(CXCursorSet cset,
2449e5dd7070Spatrick                                                  CXCursor cursor);
2450e5dd7070Spatrick 
2451e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2452e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the semantic parent of the given cursor.
2453e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2454e5dd7070Spatrick  * The semantic parent of a cursor is the cursor that semantically contains
2455e5dd7070Spatrick  * the given \p cursor. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
2456e5dd7070Spatrick  * are equivalent (the lexical parent is returned by
2457e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_getCursorLexicalParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2458e5dd7070Spatrick  * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2459e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2460e5dd7070Spatrick  * \code
2461e5dd7070Spatrick  * class C {
2462e5dd7070Spatrick  *  void f();
2463e5dd7070Spatrick  * };
2464e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2465e5dd7070Spatrick  * void C::f() { }
2466e5dd7070Spatrick  * \endcode
2467e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2468e5dd7070Spatrick  * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2469e5dd7070Spatrick  * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2470e5dd7070Spatrick  * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2471e5dd7070Spatrick  * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2472e5dd7070Spatrick  * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2473e5dd7070Spatrick  * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2474e5dd7070Spatrick  * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2475e5dd7070Spatrick  * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2476e5dd7070Spatrick  * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2477e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2478e5dd7070Spatrick  * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2479e5dd7070Spatrick  * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2480e5dd7070Spatrick  * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
2481e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2482e5dd7070Spatrick  * For global declarations, the semantic parent is the translation unit.
2483e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2484e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorSemanticParent(CXCursor cursor);
2485e5dd7070Spatrick 
2486e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2487e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the lexical parent of the given cursor.
2488e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2489e5dd7070Spatrick  * The lexical parent of a cursor is the cursor in which the given \p cursor
2490e5dd7070Spatrick  * was actually written. For many declarations, the lexical and semantic parents
2491e5dd7070Spatrick  * are equivalent (the semantic parent is returned by
2492e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_getCursorSemanticParent()). They diverge when declarations or
2493e5dd7070Spatrick  * definitions are provided out-of-line. For example:
2494e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2495e5dd7070Spatrick  * \code
2496e5dd7070Spatrick  * class C {
2497e5dd7070Spatrick  *  void f();
2498e5dd7070Spatrick  * };
2499e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2500e5dd7070Spatrick  * void C::f() { }
2501e5dd7070Spatrick  * \endcode
2502e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2503e5dd7070Spatrick  * In the out-of-line definition of \c C::f, the semantic parent is
2504e5dd7070Spatrick  * the class \c C, of which this function is a member. The lexical parent is
2505e5dd7070Spatrick  * the place where the declaration actually occurs in the source code; in this
2506e5dd7070Spatrick  * case, the definition occurs in the translation unit. In general, the
2507e5dd7070Spatrick  * lexical parent for a given entity can change without affecting the semantics
2508e5dd7070Spatrick  * of the program, and the lexical parent of different declarations of the
2509e5dd7070Spatrick  * same entity may be different. Changing the semantic parent of a declaration,
2510e5dd7070Spatrick  * on the other hand, can have a major impact on semantics, and redeclarations
2511e5dd7070Spatrick  * of a particular entity should all have the same semantic context.
2512e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2513e5dd7070Spatrick  * In the example above, both declarations of \c C::f have \c C as their
2514e5dd7070Spatrick  * semantic context, while the lexical context of the first \c C::f is \c C
2515e5dd7070Spatrick  * and the lexical context of the second \c C::f is the translation unit.
2516e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2517e5dd7070Spatrick  * For declarations written in the global scope, the lexical parent is
2518e5dd7070Spatrick  * the translation unit.
2519e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2520e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorLexicalParent(CXCursor cursor);
2521e5dd7070Spatrick 
2522e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2523e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the set of methods that are overridden by the given
2524e5dd7070Spatrick  * method.
2525e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2526e5dd7070Spatrick  * In both Objective-C and C++, a method (aka virtual member function,
2527e5dd7070Spatrick  * in C++) can override a virtual method in a base class. For
2528e5dd7070Spatrick  * Objective-C, a method is said to override any method in the class's
2529e5dd7070Spatrick  * base class, its protocols, or its categories' protocols, that has the same
2530e5dd7070Spatrick  * selector and is of the same kind (class or instance).
2531e5dd7070Spatrick  * If no such method exists, the search continues to the class's superclass,
2532e5dd7070Spatrick  * its protocols, and its categories, and so on. A method from an Objective-C
2533e5dd7070Spatrick  * implementation is considered to override the same methods as its
2534e5dd7070Spatrick  * corresponding method in the interface.
2535e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2536e5dd7070Spatrick  * For C++, a virtual member function overrides any virtual member
2537e5dd7070Spatrick  * function with the same signature that occurs in its base
2538e5dd7070Spatrick  * classes. With multiple inheritance, a virtual member function can
2539e5dd7070Spatrick  * override several virtual member functions coming from different
2540e5dd7070Spatrick  * base classes.
2541e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2542e5dd7070Spatrick  * In all cases, this function determines the immediate overridden
2543e5dd7070Spatrick  * method, rather than all of the overridden methods. For example, if
2544e5dd7070Spatrick  * a method is originally declared in a class A, then overridden in B
2545e5dd7070Spatrick  * (which in inherits from A) and also in C (which inherited from B),
2546e5dd7070Spatrick  * then the only overridden method returned from this function when
2547e5dd7070Spatrick  * invoked on C's method will be B's method. The client may then
2548e5dd7070Spatrick  * invoke this function again, given the previously-found overridden
2549e5dd7070Spatrick  * methods, to map out the complete method-override set.
2550e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2551e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param cursor A cursor representing an Objective-C or C++
2552e5dd7070Spatrick  * method. This routine will compute the set of methods that this
2553e5dd7070Spatrick  * method overrides.
2554e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2555e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param overridden A pointer whose pointee will be replaced with a
2556e5dd7070Spatrick  * pointer to an array of cursors, representing the set of overridden
2557e5dd7070Spatrick  * methods. If there are no overridden methods, the pointee will be
2558e5dd7070Spatrick  * set to NULL. The pointee must be freed via a call to
2559e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_disposeOverriddenCursors().
2560e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2561e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param num_overridden A pointer to the number of overridden
2562e5dd7070Spatrick  * functions, will be set to the number of overridden functions in the
2563e5dd7070Spatrick  * array pointed to by \p overridden.
2564e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2565e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getOverriddenCursors(CXCursor cursor,
2566e5dd7070Spatrick                                                CXCursor **overridden,
2567e5dd7070Spatrick                                                unsigned *num_overridden);
2568e5dd7070Spatrick 
2569e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2570e5dd7070Spatrick  * Free the set of overridden cursors returned by \c
2571e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_getOverriddenCursors().
2572e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2573e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeOverriddenCursors(CXCursor *overridden);
2574e5dd7070Spatrick 
2575e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2576e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the file that is included by the given inclusion directive
2577e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor.
2578e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2579e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_getIncludedFile(CXCursor cursor);
2580e5dd7070Spatrick 
2581e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2582e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
2583e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2584e5dd7070Spatrick 
2585e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2586e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_SOURCE Mapping between cursors and source code
2587e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2588e5dd7070Spatrick  * Cursors represent a location within the Abstract Syntax Tree (AST). These
2589e5dd7070Spatrick  * routines help map between cursors and the physical locations where the
2590e5dd7070Spatrick  * described entities occur in the source code. The mapping is provided in
2591e5dd7070Spatrick  * both directions, so one can map from source code to the AST and back.
2592e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2593e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
2594e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2595e5dd7070Spatrick 
2596e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2597e5dd7070Spatrick  * Map a source location to the cursor that describes the entity at that
2598e5dd7070Spatrick  * location in the source code.
2599e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2600e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_getCursor() maps an arbitrary source location within a translation
2601e5dd7070Spatrick  * unit down to the most specific cursor that describes the entity at that
2602e5dd7070Spatrick  * location. For example, given an expression \c x + y, invoking
2603e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_getCursor() with a source location pointing to "x" will return the
2604e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor for "x"; similarly for "y". If the cursor points anywhere between
2605e5dd7070Spatrick  * "x" or "y" (e.g., on the + or the whitespace around it), clang_getCursor()
2606e5dd7070Spatrick  * will return a cursor referring to the "+" expression.
2607e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2608e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns a cursor representing the entity at the given source location, or
2609e5dd7070Spatrick  * a NULL cursor if no such entity can be found.
2610e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2611e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursor(CXTranslationUnit, CXSourceLocation);
2612e5dd7070Spatrick 
2613e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2614e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the physical location of the source constructor referenced
2615e5dd7070Spatrick  * by the given cursor.
2616e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2617e5dd7070Spatrick  * The location of a declaration is typically the location of the name of that
2618e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration, where the name of that declaration would occur if it is
2619e5dd7070Spatrick  * unnamed, or some keyword that introduces that particular declaration.
2620e5dd7070Spatrick  * The location of a reference is where that reference occurs within the
2621e5dd7070Spatrick  * source code.
2622e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2623e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getCursorLocation(CXCursor);
2624e5dd7070Spatrick 
2625e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2626e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the physical extent of the source construct referenced by
2627e5dd7070Spatrick  * the given cursor.
2628e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2629e5dd7070Spatrick  * The extent of a cursor starts with the file/line/column pointing at the
2630e5dd7070Spatrick  * first character within the source construct that the cursor refers to and
2631e5dd7070Spatrick  * ends with the last character within that source construct. For a
2632e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration, the extent covers the declaration itself. For a reference,
2633e5dd7070Spatrick  * the extent covers the location of the reference (e.g., where the referenced
2634e5dd7070Spatrick  * entity was actually used).
2635e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2636e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorExtent(CXCursor);
2637e5dd7070Spatrick 
2638e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2639e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
2640e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2641e5dd7070Spatrick 
2642e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2643e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_TYPES Type information for CXCursors
2644e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2645e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
2646e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2647e5dd7070Spatrick 
2648e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2649e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes the kind of type
2650e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2651e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXTypeKind {
2652e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2653e5dd7070Spatrick    * Represents an invalid type (e.g., where no type is available).
2654e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2655e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Invalid = 0,
2656e5dd7070Spatrick 
2657e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2658e5dd7070Spatrick    * A type whose specific kind is not exposed via this
2659e5dd7070Spatrick    * interface.
2660e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2661e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Unexposed = 1,
2662e5dd7070Spatrick 
2663e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Builtin types */
2664e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Void = 2,
2665e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Bool = 3,
2666e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Char_U = 4,
2667e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_UChar = 5,
2668e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Char16 = 6,
2669e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Char32 = 7,
2670e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_UShort = 8,
2671e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_UInt = 9,
2672e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ULong = 10,
2673e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ULongLong = 11,
2674e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_UInt128 = 12,
2675e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Char_S = 13,
2676e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_SChar = 14,
2677e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_WChar = 15,
2678e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Short = 16,
2679e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Int = 17,
2680e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Long = 18,
2681e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_LongLong = 19,
2682e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Int128 = 20,
2683e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Float = 21,
2684e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Double = 22,
2685e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_LongDouble = 23,
2686e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_NullPtr = 24,
2687e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Overload = 25,
2688e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Dependent = 26,
2689e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ObjCId = 27,
2690e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ObjCClass = 28,
2691e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ObjCSel = 29,
2692e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Float128 = 30,
2693e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Half = 31,
2694e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Float16 = 32,
2695e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ShortAccum = 33,
2696e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Accum = 34,
2697e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_LongAccum = 35,
2698e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_UShortAccum = 36,
2699e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_UAccum = 37,
2700e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ULongAccum = 38,
2701ec727ea7Spatrick   CXType_BFloat16 = 39,
2702*12c85518Srobert   CXType_Ibm128 = 40,
2703e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_FirstBuiltin = CXType_Void,
2704*12c85518Srobert   CXType_LastBuiltin = CXType_Ibm128,
2705e5dd7070Spatrick 
2706e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Complex = 100,
2707e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Pointer = 101,
2708e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_BlockPointer = 102,
2709e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_LValueReference = 103,
2710e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_RValueReference = 104,
2711e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Record = 105,
2712e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Enum = 106,
2713e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Typedef = 107,
2714e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ObjCInterface = 108,
2715e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ObjCObjectPointer = 109,
2716e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_FunctionNoProto = 110,
2717e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_FunctionProto = 111,
2718e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ConstantArray = 112,
2719e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Vector = 113,
2720e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_IncompleteArray = 114,
2721e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_VariableArray = 115,
2722e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_DependentSizedArray = 116,
2723e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_MemberPointer = 117,
2724e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Auto = 118,
2725e5dd7070Spatrick 
2726e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
2727e5dd7070Spatrick    * Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword.
2728e5dd7070Spatrick    *
2729e5dd7070Spatrick    * E.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, or both.
2730e5dd7070Spatrick    */
2731e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Elaborated = 119,
2732e5dd7070Spatrick 
2733e5dd7070Spatrick   /* OpenCL PipeType. */
2734e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Pipe = 120,
2735e5dd7070Spatrick 
2736e5dd7070Spatrick   /* OpenCL builtin types. */
2737e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dRO = 121,
2738e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRO = 122,
2739e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRO = 123,
2740e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dRO = 124,
2741e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRO = 125,
2742e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRO = 126,
2743e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRO = 127,
2744e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARO = 128,
2745e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARO = 129,
2746e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRO = 130,
2747e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRO = 131,
2748e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage3dRO = 132,
2749e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dWO = 133,
2750e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dArrayWO = 134,
2751e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dBufferWO = 135,
2752e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dWO = 136,
2753e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayWO = 137,
2754e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dDepthWO = 138,
2755e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthWO = 139,
2756e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dMSAAWO = 140,
2757e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAAWO = 141,
2758e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthWO = 142,
2759e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthWO = 143,
2760e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage3dWO = 144,
2761e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dRW = 145,
2762e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dArrayRW = 146,
2763e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage1dBufferRW = 147,
2764e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dRW = 148,
2765e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayRW = 149,
2766e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dDepthRW = 150,
2767e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayDepthRW = 151,
2768e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dMSAARW = 152,
2769e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAARW = 153,
2770e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dMSAADepthRW = 154,
2771e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRW = 155,
2772e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLImage3dRW = 156,
2773e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLSampler = 157,
2774e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLEvent = 158,
2775e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLQueue = 159,
2776e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLReserveID = 160,
2777e5dd7070Spatrick 
2778e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ObjCObject = 161,
2779e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_ObjCTypeParam = 162,
2780e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_Attributed = 163,
2781e5dd7070Spatrick 
2782e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMcePayload = 164,
2783e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImePayload = 165,
2784e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefPayload = 166,
2785e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicPayload = 167,
2786e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMceResult = 168,
2787e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResult = 169,
2788e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefResult = 170,
2789e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicResult = 171,
2790e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultSingleRefStreamout = 172,
2791e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultDualRefStreamout = 173,
2792e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeSingleRefStreamin = 174,
2793e5dd7070Spatrick 
2794e5dd7070Spatrick   CXType_OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeDualRefStreamin = 175,
2795e5dd7070Spatrick 
2796ec727ea7Spatrick   CXType_ExtVector = 176,
2797*12c85518Srobert   CXType_Atomic = 177,
2798*12c85518Srobert   CXType_BTFTagAttributed = 178
2799e5dd7070Spatrick };
2800e5dd7070Spatrick 
2801e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2802e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes the calling convention of a function type
2803e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2804e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXCallingConv {
2805e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_Default = 0,
2806e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_C = 1,
2807e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_X86StdCall = 2,
2808e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_X86FastCall = 3,
2809e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_X86ThisCall = 4,
2810e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_X86Pascal = 5,
2811e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_AAPCS = 6,
2812e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_AAPCS_VFP = 7,
2813e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_X86RegCall = 8,
2814e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_IntelOclBicc = 9,
2815e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_Win64 = 10,
2816e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Alias for compatibility with older versions of API. */
2817e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_X86_64Win64 = CXCallingConv_Win64,
2818e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_X86_64SysV = 11,
2819e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_X86VectorCall = 12,
2820e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_Swift = 13,
2821e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_PreserveMost = 14,
2822e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_PreserveAll = 15,
2823e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_AArch64VectorCall = 16,
2824a9ac8606Spatrick   CXCallingConv_SwiftAsync = 17,
2825*12c85518Srobert   CXCallingConv_AArch64SVEPCS = 18,
2826e5dd7070Spatrick 
2827e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_Invalid = 100,
2828e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCallingConv_Unexposed = 200
2829e5dd7070Spatrick };
2830e5dd7070Spatrick 
2831e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2832e5dd7070Spatrick  * The type of an element in the abstract syntax tree.
2833e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2834e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2835e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
2836e5dd7070Spatrick   enum CXTypeKind kind;
2837e5dd7070Spatrick   void *data[2];
2838e5dd7070Spatrick } CXType;
2839e5dd7070Spatrick 
2840e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2841e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the type of a CXCursor (if any).
2842e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2843e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorType(CXCursor C);
2844e5dd7070Spatrick 
2845e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2846e5dd7070Spatrick  * Pretty-print the underlying type using the rules of the
2847e5dd7070Spatrick  * language of the translation unit from which it came.
2848e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2849e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type is invalid, an empty string is returned.
2850e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2851e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeSpelling(CXType CT);
2852e5dd7070Spatrick 
2853e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2854e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the underlying type of a typedef declaration.
2855e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2856e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the cursor does not reference a typedef declaration, an invalid type is
2857e5dd7070Spatrick  * returned.
2858e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2859e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getTypedefDeclUnderlyingType(CXCursor C);
2860e5dd7070Spatrick 
2861e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2862e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the integer type of an enum declaration.
2863e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2864e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the cursor does not reference an enum declaration, an invalid type is
2865e5dd7070Spatrick  * returned.
2866e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2867e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getEnumDeclIntegerType(CXCursor C);
2868e5dd7070Spatrick 
2869e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2870e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as a signed
2871e5dd7070Spatrick  *  long long.
2872e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2873ec727ea7Spatrick  * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, LLONG_MIN is
2874ec727ea7Spatrick  * returned. Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of
2875ec727ea7Spatrick  * the cursor must be verified before calling this function.
2876e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2877e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getEnumConstantDeclValue(CXCursor C);
2878e5dd7070Spatrick 
2879e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2880e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the integer value of an enum constant declaration as an unsigned
2881e5dd7070Spatrick  *  long long.
2882e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2883ec727ea7Spatrick  * If the cursor does not reference an enum constant declaration, ULLONG_MAX is
2884ec727ea7Spatrick  * returned. Since this is also potentially a valid constant value, the kind of
2885ec727ea7Spatrick  * the cursor must be verified before calling this function.
2886e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2887ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long
2888ec727ea7Spatrick clang_getEnumConstantDeclUnsignedValue(CXCursor C);
2889e5dd7070Spatrick 
2890e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2891e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the bit width of a bit field declaration as an integer.
2892e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2893e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a cursor that is not a bit field declaration is passed in, -1 is returned.
2894e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2895e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getFieldDeclBitWidth(CXCursor C);
2896e5dd7070Spatrick 
2897e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2898e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the number of non-variadic arguments associated with a given
2899e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor.
2900e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2901e5dd7070Spatrick  * The number of arguments can be determined for calls as well as for
2902e5dd7070Spatrick  * declarations of functions or methods. For other cursors -1 is returned.
2903e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2904e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumArguments(CXCursor C);
2905e5dd7070Spatrick 
2906e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2907e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the argument cursor of a function or method.
2908e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2909e5dd7070Spatrick  * The argument cursor can be determined for calls as well as for declarations
2910e5dd7070Spatrick  * of functions or methods. For other cursors and for invalid indices, an
2911e5dd7070Spatrick  * invalid cursor is returned.
2912e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2913e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Cursor_getArgument(CXCursor C, unsigned i);
2914e5dd7070Spatrick 
2915e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2916e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes the kind of a template argument.
2917e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2918e5dd7070Spatrick  * See the definition of llvm::clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind for full
2919e5dd7070Spatrick  * element descriptions.
2920e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2921e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXTemplateArgumentKind {
2922e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Null,
2923e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Type,
2924e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Declaration,
2925e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_NullPtr,
2926e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Integral,
2927e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Template,
2928e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_TemplateExpansion,
2929e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Expression,
2930e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Pack,
2931e5dd7070Spatrick   /* Indicates an error case, preventing the kind from being deduced. */
2932e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTemplateArgumentKind_Invalid
2933e5dd7070Spatrick };
2934e5dd7070Spatrick 
2935e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2936*12c85518Srobert  * Returns the number of template args of a function, struct, or class decl
2937*12c85518Srobert  * representing a template specialization.
2938e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2939e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the argument cursor cannot be converted into a template function
2940e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration, -1 is returned.
2941e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2942e5dd7070Spatrick  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
2943e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
2944e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo() { ... }
2945e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2946e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <>
2947e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
2948e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2949e5dd7070Spatrick  * The value 3 would be returned from this call.
2950e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2951e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getNumTemplateArguments(CXCursor C);
2952e5dd7070Spatrick 
2953e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2954e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the kind of the I'th template argument of the CXCursor C.
2955e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2956*12c85518Srobert  * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, StructDecl, or
2957*12c85518Srobert  * ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization, an invalid template argument kind is
2958*12c85518Srobert  * returned.
2959e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2960e5dd7070Spatrick  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
2961e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
2962e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo() { ... }
2963e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2964e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <>
2965e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
2966e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2967e5dd7070Spatrick  * For I = 0, 1, and 2, Type, Integral, and Integral will be returned,
2968e5dd7070Spatrick  * respectively.
2969e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2970ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTemplateArgumentKind
2971ec727ea7Spatrick clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentKind(CXCursor C, unsigned I);
2972e5dd7070Spatrick 
2973e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2974e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a CXType representing the type of a TemplateArgument of a
2975e5dd7070Spatrick  *  function decl representing a template specialization.
2976e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2977*12c85518Srobert  * If the argument CXCursor does not represent a FunctionDecl, StructDecl,
2978*12c85518Srobert  * ClassDecl or ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization whose I'th template argument
2979*12c85518Srobert  * has a kind of CXTemplateArgKind_Integral, an invalid type is returned.
2980e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2981e5dd7070Spatrick  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
2982e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
2983e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo() { ... }
2984e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2985e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <>
2986e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
2987e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2988e5dd7070Spatrick  * If called with I = 0, "float", will be returned.
2989e5dd7070Spatrick  * Invalid types will be returned for I == 1 or 2.
2990e5dd7070Spatrick  */
2991e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentType(CXCursor C,
2992e5dd7070Spatrick                                                            unsigned I);
2993e5dd7070Spatrick 
2994e5dd7070Spatrick /**
2995e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
2996e5dd7070Spatrick  *  decl representing a template specialization) as a signed long long.
2997e5dd7070Spatrick  *
2998e5dd7070Spatrick  * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
2999*12c85518Srobert  * FunctionDecl, StructDecl, ClassDecl or ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization
3000*12c85518Srobert  * whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3001e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3002e5dd7070Spatrick  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3003e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3004e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo() { ... }
3005e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3006e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <>
3007e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo<float, -7, true>();
3008e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3009e5dd7070Spatrick  * If called with I = 1 or 2, -7 or true will be returned, respectively.
3010e5dd7070Spatrick  * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3011e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3012e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentValue(CXCursor C,
3013e5dd7070Spatrick                                                                unsigned I);
3014e5dd7070Spatrick 
3015e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3016e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the value of an Integral TemplateArgument (of a function
3017e5dd7070Spatrick  *  decl representing a template specialization) as an unsigned long long.
3018e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3019e5dd7070Spatrick  * It is undefined to call this function on a CXCursor that does not represent a
3020*12c85518Srobert  * FunctionDecl, StructDecl, ClassDecl or ClassTemplatePartialSpecialization or
3021*12c85518Srobert  * whose I'th template argument is not an integral value.
3022e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3023e5dd7070Spatrick  * For example, for the following declaration and specialization:
3024e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <typename T, int kInt, bool kBool>
3025e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo() { ... }
3026e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3027e5dd7070Spatrick  *   template <>
3028e5dd7070Spatrick  *   void foo<float, 2147483649, true>();
3029e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3030e5dd7070Spatrick  * If called with I = 1 or 2, 2147483649 or true will be returned, respectively.
3031e5dd7070Spatrick  * For I == 0, this function's behavior is undefined.
3032e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3033ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long
3034ec727ea7Spatrick clang_Cursor_getTemplateArgumentUnsignedValue(CXCursor C, unsigned I);
3035e5dd7070Spatrick 
3036e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3037e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether two CXTypes represent the same type.
3038e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3039e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns non-zero if the CXTypes represent the same type and
3040e5dd7070Spatrick  *          zero otherwise.
3041e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3042e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_equalTypes(CXType A, CXType B);
3043e5dd7070Spatrick 
3044e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3045e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the canonical type for a CXType.
3046e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3047e5dd7070Spatrick  * Clang's type system explicitly models typedefs and all the ways
3048e5dd7070Spatrick  * a specific type can be represented.  The canonical type is the underlying
3049e5dd7070Spatrick  * type with all the "sugar" removed.  For example, if 'T' is a typedef
3050e5dd7070Spatrick  * for 'int', the canonical type for 'T' would be 'int'.
3051e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3052e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCanonicalType(CXType T);
3053e5dd7070Spatrick 
3054e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3055e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether a CXType has the "const" qualifier set,
3056e5dd7070Spatrick  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a
3057e5dd7070Spatrick  * different level.
3058e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3059e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isConstQualifiedType(CXType T);
3060e5dd7070Spatrick 
3061e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3062e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether a  CXCursor that is a macro, is
3063e5dd7070Spatrick  * function like.
3064e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3065e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroFunctionLike(CXCursor C);
3066e5dd7070Spatrick 
3067e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3068e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether a  CXCursor that is a macro, is a
3069e5dd7070Spatrick  * builtin one.
3070e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3071e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isMacroBuiltin(CXCursor C);
3072e5dd7070Spatrick 
3073e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3074e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether a  CXCursor that is a function declaration, is an
3075e5dd7070Spatrick  * inline declaration.
3076e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3077e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isFunctionInlined(CXCursor C);
3078e5dd7070Spatrick 
3079e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3080e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether a CXType has the "volatile" qualifier set,
3081e5dd7070Spatrick  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at
3082e5dd7070Spatrick  * a different level.
3083e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3084e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVolatileQualifiedType(CXType T);
3085e5dd7070Spatrick 
3086e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3087e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether a CXType has the "restrict" qualifier set,
3088e5dd7070Spatrick  * without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a
3089e5dd7070Spatrick  * different level.
3090e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3091e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isRestrictQualifiedType(CXType T);
3092e5dd7070Spatrick 
3093e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3094e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the address space of the given type.
3095e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3096e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getAddressSpace(CXType T);
3097e5dd7070Spatrick 
3098e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3099e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the typedef name of the given type.
3100e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3101e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypedefName(CXType CT);
3102e5dd7070Spatrick 
3103e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3104e5dd7070Spatrick  * For pointer types, returns the type of the pointee.
3105e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3106e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getPointeeType(CXType T);
3107e5dd7070Spatrick 
3108e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3109*12c85518Srobert  * Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as
3110*12c85518Srobert  * little sugar as possible.
3111*12c85518Srobert  *
3112*12c85518Srobert  * For example, given the following series of typedefs:
3113*12c85518Srobert  *
3114*12c85518Srobert  * \code
3115*12c85518Srobert  * typedef int Integer;
3116*12c85518Srobert  * typedef const Integer CInteger;
3117*12c85518Srobert  * typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
3118*12c85518Srobert  * \endcode
3119*12c85518Srobert  *
3120*12c85518Srobert  * Executing \c clang_getUnqualifiedType() on a \c CXType that
3121*12c85518Srobert  * represents \c DifferenceType, will desugar to a type representing
3122*12c85518Srobert  * \c Integer, that has no qualifiers.
3123*12c85518Srobert  *
3124*12c85518Srobert  * And, executing \c clang_getUnqualifiedType() on the type of the
3125*12c85518Srobert  * first argument of the following function declaration:
3126*12c85518Srobert  *
3127*12c85518Srobert  * \code
3128*12c85518Srobert  * void foo(const int);
3129*12c85518Srobert  * \endcode
3130*12c85518Srobert  *
3131*12c85518Srobert  * Will return a type representing \c int, removing the \c const
3132*12c85518Srobert  * qualifier.
3133*12c85518Srobert  *
3134*12c85518Srobert  * Sugar over array types is not desugared.
3135*12c85518Srobert  *
3136*12c85518Srobert  * A type can be checked for qualifiers with \c
3137*12c85518Srobert  * clang_isConstQualifiedType(), \c clang_isVolatileQualifiedType()
3138*12c85518Srobert  * and \c clang_isRestrictQualifiedType().
3139*12c85518Srobert  *
3140*12c85518Srobert  * A type that resulted from a call to \c clang_getUnqualifiedType
3141*12c85518Srobert  * will return \c false for all of the above calls.
3142*12c85518Srobert  */
3143*12c85518Srobert CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getUnqualifiedType(CXType CT);
3144*12c85518Srobert 
3145*12c85518Srobert /**
3146*12c85518Srobert  * For reference types (e.g., "const int&"), returns the type that the
3147*12c85518Srobert  * reference refers to (e.g "const int").
3148*12c85518Srobert  *
3149*12c85518Srobert  * Otherwise, returns the type itself.
3150*12c85518Srobert  *
3151*12c85518Srobert  * A type that has kind \c CXType_LValueReference or
3152*12c85518Srobert  * \c CXType_RValueReference is a reference type.
3153*12c85518Srobert  */
3154*12c85518Srobert CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getNonReferenceType(CXType CT);
3155*12c85518Srobert 
3156*12c85518Srobert /**
3157e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the cursor for the declaration of the given type.
3158e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3159e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getTypeDeclaration(CXType T);
3160e5dd7070Spatrick 
3161e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3162e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified declaration.
3163e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3164e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getDeclObjCTypeEncoding(CXCursor C);
3165e5dd7070Spatrick 
3166e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3167e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the Objective-C type encoding for the specified CXType.
3168e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3169e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Type_getObjCEncoding(CXType type);
3170e5dd7070Spatrick 
3171e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3172e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the spelling of a given CXTypeKind.
3173e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3174e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTypeKindSpelling(enum CXTypeKind K);
3175e5dd7070Spatrick 
3176e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3177e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the calling convention associated with a function type.
3178e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3179e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-function type is passed in, CXCallingConv_Invalid is returned.
3180e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3181e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCallingConv clang_getFunctionTypeCallingConv(CXType T);
3182e5dd7070Spatrick 
3183e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3184e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the return type associated with a function type.
3185e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3186e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-function type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3187e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3188e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getResultType(CXType T);
3189e5dd7070Spatrick 
3190e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3191e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a function type.
3192e5dd7070Spatrick  * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
3193e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3194e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-function type is passed in, an error code of -1 is returned.
3195e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3196e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getExceptionSpecificationType(CXType T);
3197e5dd7070Spatrick 
3198e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3199e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the number of non-variadic parameters associated with a
3200e5dd7070Spatrick  * function type.
3201e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3202e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-function type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3203e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3204e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getNumArgTypes(CXType T);
3205e5dd7070Spatrick 
3206e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3207e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the type of a parameter of a function type.
3208e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3209e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-function type is passed in or the function does not have enough
3210e5dd7070Spatrick  * parameters, an invalid type is returned.
3211e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3212e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArgType(CXType T, unsigned i);
3213e5dd7070Spatrick 
3214e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3215e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieves the base type of the ObjCObjectType.
3216e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3217e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type is not an ObjC object, an invalid type is returned.
3218e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3219e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCObjectBaseType(CXType T);
3220e5dd7070Spatrick 
3221e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3222e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the number of protocol references associated with an ObjC object/id.
3223e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3224e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3225e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3226e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCProtocolRefs(CXType T);
3227e5dd7070Spatrick 
3228e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3229e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the decl for a protocol reference for an ObjC object/id.
3230e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3231e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type is not an ObjC object or there are not enough protocol
3232e5dd7070Spatrick  * references, an invalid cursor is returned.
3233e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3234e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_Type_getObjCProtocolDecl(CXType T, unsigned i);
3235e5dd7070Spatrick 
3236e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3237ec727ea7Spatrick  * Retrieve the number of type arguments associated with an ObjC object.
3238e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3239e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type is not an ObjC object, 0 is returned.
3240e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3241e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_getNumObjCTypeArgs(CXType T);
3242e5dd7070Spatrick 
3243e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3244e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a type argument associated with an ObjC object.
3245e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3246e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type is not an ObjC or the index is not valid,
3247e5dd7070Spatrick  * an invalid type is returned.
3248e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3249e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getObjCTypeArg(CXType T, unsigned i);
3250e5dd7070Spatrick 
3251e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3252e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return 1 if the CXType is a variadic function type, and 0 otherwise.
3253e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3254e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isFunctionTypeVariadic(CXType T);
3255e5dd7070Spatrick 
3256e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3257e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the return type associated with a given cursor.
3258e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3259e5dd7070Spatrick  * This only returns a valid type if the cursor refers to a function or method.
3260e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3261e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getCursorResultType(CXCursor C);
3262e5dd7070Spatrick 
3263e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3264e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the exception specification type associated with a given cursor.
3265e5dd7070Spatrick  * This is a value of type CXCursor_ExceptionSpecificationKind.
3266e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3267ec727ea7Spatrick  * This only returns a valid result if the cursor refers to a function or
3268ec727ea7Spatrick  * method.
3269e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3270e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_getCursorExceptionSpecificationType(CXCursor C);
3271e5dd7070Spatrick 
3272e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3273e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return 1 if the CXType is a POD (plain old data) type, and 0
3274e5dd7070Spatrick  *  otherwise.
3275e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3276e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isPODType(CXType T);
3277e5dd7070Spatrick 
3278e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3279e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the element type of an array, complex, or vector type.
3280e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3281e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a type is passed in that is not an array, complex, or vector type,
3282e5dd7070Spatrick  * an invalid type is returned.
3283e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3284e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getElementType(CXType T);
3285e5dd7070Spatrick 
3286e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3287e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the number of elements of an array or vector type.
3288e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3289e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a type is passed in that is not an array or vector type,
3290e5dd7070Spatrick  * -1 is returned.
3291e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3292e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getNumElements(CXType T);
3293e5dd7070Spatrick 
3294e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3295e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the element type of an array type.
3296e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3297e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-array type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3298e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3299e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getArrayElementType(CXType T);
3300e5dd7070Spatrick 
3301e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3302e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the array size of a constant array.
3303e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3304e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-array type is passed in, -1 is returned.
3305e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3306e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_getArraySize(CXType T);
3307e5dd7070Spatrick 
3308e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3309e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
3310e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3311e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-elaborated type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3312e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3313e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getNamedType(CXType T);
3314e5dd7070Spatrick 
3315e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3316e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a typedef is 'transparent' tag.
3317e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3318e5dd7070Spatrick  * A typedef is considered 'transparent' if it shares a name and spelling
3319e5dd7070Spatrick  * location with its underlying tag type, as is the case with the NS_ENUM macro.
3320e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3321e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns non-zero if transparent and zero otherwise.
3322e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3323e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_isTransparentTagTypedef(CXType T);
3324e5dd7070Spatrick 
3325e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXTypeNullabilityKind {
3326e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3327e5dd7070Spatrick    * Values of this type can never be null.
3328e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3329e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeNullability_NonNull = 0,
3330e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3331e5dd7070Spatrick    * Values of this type can be null.
3332e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3333e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeNullability_Nullable = 1,
3334e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3335e5dd7070Spatrick    * Whether values of this type can be null is (explicitly)
3336e5dd7070Spatrick    * unspecified. This captures a (fairly rare) case where we
3337e5dd7070Spatrick    * can't conclude anything about the nullability of the type even
3338e5dd7070Spatrick    * though it has been considered.
3339e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3340e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeNullability_Unspecified = 2,
3341e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3342e5dd7070Spatrick    * Nullability is not applicable to this type.
3343e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3344a9ac8606Spatrick   CXTypeNullability_Invalid = 3,
3345a9ac8606Spatrick 
3346a9ac8606Spatrick   /**
3347a9ac8606Spatrick    * Generally behaves like Nullable, except when used in a block parameter that
3348a9ac8606Spatrick    * was imported into a swift async method. There, swift will assume that the
3349*12c85518Srobert    * parameter can get null even if no error occurred. _Nullable parameters are
3350a9ac8606Spatrick    * assumed to only get null on error.
3351a9ac8606Spatrick    */
3352a9ac8606Spatrick   CXTypeNullability_NullableResult = 4
3353e5dd7070Spatrick };
3354e5dd7070Spatrick 
3355e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3356e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the nullability kind of a pointer type.
3357e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3358e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXTypeNullabilityKind clang_Type_getNullability(CXType T);
3359e5dd7070Spatrick 
3360e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3361e5dd7070Spatrick  * List the possible error codes for \c clang_Type_getSizeOf,
3362e5dd7070Spatrick  *   \c clang_Type_getAlignOf, \c clang_Type_getOffsetOf and
3363e5dd7070Spatrick  *   \c clang_Cursor_getOffsetOf.
3364e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3365e5dd7070Spatrick  * A value of this enumeration type can be returned if the target type is not
3366e5dd7070Spatrick  * a valid argument to sizeof, alignof or offsetof.
3367e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3368e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXTypeLayoutError {
3369e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3370e5dd7070Spatrick    * Type is of kind CXType_Invalid.
3371e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3372e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid = -1,
3373e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3374e5dd7070Spatrick    * The type is an incomplete Type.
3375e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3376e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete = -2,
3377e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3378e5dd7070Spatrick    * The type is a dependent Type.
3379e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3380e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent = -3,
3381e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3382e5dd7070Spatrick    * The type is not a constant size type.
3383e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3384e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize = -4,
3385e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3386e5dd7070Spatrick    * The Field name is not valid for this record.
3387e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3388e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName = -5,
3389e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3390e5dd7070Spatrick    * The type is undeduced.
3391e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3392e5dd7070Spatrick   CXTypeLayoutError_Undeduced = -6
3393e5dd7070Spatrick };
3394e5dd7070Spatrick 
3395e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3396e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the alignment of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.alignof]
3397e5dd7070Spatrick  *   standard.
3398e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3399e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3400e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3401e5dd7070Spatrick  *   is returned.
3402e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3403e5dd7070Spatrick  *   returned.
3404e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type declaration is not a constant size type,
3405e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CXTypeLayoutError_NotConstantSize is returned.
3406e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3407e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getAlignOf(CXType T);
3408e5dd7070Spatrick 
3409e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3410e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the class type of an member pointer type.
3411e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3412e5dd7070Spatrick  * If a non-member-pointer type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3413e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3414e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getClassType(CXType T);
3415e5dd7070Spatrick 
3416e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3417e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the size of a type in bytes as per C++[expr.sizeof] standard.
3418e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3419e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type declaration is invalid, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3420e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type declaration is an incomplete type, CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete
3421e5dd7070Spatrick  *   is returned.
3422e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type declaration is a dependent type, CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is
3423e5dd7070Spatrick  *   returned.
3424e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3425e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getSizeOf(CXType T);
3426e5dd7070Spatrick 
3427e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3428e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the offset of a field named S in a record of type T in bits
3429e5dd7070Spatrick  *   as it would be returned by __offsetof__ as per C++11[18.2p4]
3430e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3431e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the cursor is not a record field declaration, CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid
3432e5dd7070Spatrick  *   is returned.
3433e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3434e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3435e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3436e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3437e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the field's name S is not found,
3438e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3439e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3440e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Type_getOffsetOf(CXType T, const char *S);
3441e5dd7070Spatrick 
3442e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3443e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the type that was modified by this attributed type.
3444e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3445e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the type is not an attributed type, an invalid type is returned.
3446e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3447e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getModifiedType(CXType T);
3448e5dd7070Spatrick 
3449e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3450ec727ea7Spatrick  * Gets the type contained by this atomic type.
3451ec727ea7Spatrick  *
3452ec727ea7Spatrick  * If a non-atomic type is passed in, an invalid type is returned.
3453ec727ea7Spatrick  */
3454ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getValueType(CXType CT);
3455ec727ea7Spatrick 
3456ec727ea7Spatrick /**
3457e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return the offset of the field represented by the Cursor.
3458e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3459e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the cursor is not a field declaration, -1 is returned.
3460e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the cursor semantic parent is not a record field declaration,
3461e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Invalid is returned.
3462e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the field's type declaration is an incomplete type,
3463e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Incomplete is returned.
3464e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the field's type declaration is a dependent type,
3465e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CXTypeLayoutError_Dependent is returned.
3466e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the field's name S is not found,
3467e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CXTypeLayoutError_InvalidFieldName is returned.
3468e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3469e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_Cursor_getOffsetOfField(CXCursor C);
3470e5dd7070Spatrick 
3471e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3472e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous
3473e5dd7070Spatrick  * tag or namespace
3474e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3475e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymous(CXCursor C);
3476e5dd7070Spatrick 
3477e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3478e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor represents an anonymous record
3479e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration.
3480e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3481e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isAnonymousRecordDecl(CXCursor C);
3482e5dd7070Spatrick 
3483e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3484e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the given cursor represents an inline namespace
3485e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration.
3486e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3487e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isInlineNamespace(CXCursor C);
3488e5dd7070Spatrick 
3489e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXRefQualifierKind {
3490e5dd7070Spatrick   /** No ref-qualifier was provided. */
3491e5dd7070Spatrick   CXRefQualifier_None = 0,
3492e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). */
3493e5dd7070Spatrick   CXRefQualifier_LValue,
3494e5dd7070Spatrick   /** An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). */
3495e5dd7070Spatrick   CXRefQualifier_RValue
3496e5dd7070Spatrick };
3497e5dd7070Spatrick 
3498e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3499e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the number of template arguments for given template
3500e5dd7070Spatrick  * specialization, or -1 if type \c T is not a template specialization.
3501e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3502e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Type_getNumTemplateArguments(CXType T);
3503e5dd7070Spatrick 
3504e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3505e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the type template argument of a template class specialization
3506e5dd7070Spatrick  * at given index.
3507e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3508e5dd7070Spatrick  * This function only returns template type arguments and does not handle
3509e5dd7070Spatrick  * template template arguments or variadic packs.
3510e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3511ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Type_getTemplateArgumentAsType(CXType T,
3512ec727ea7Spatrick                                                            unsigned i);
3513e5dd7070Spatrick 
3514e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3515e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the ref-qualifier kind of a function or method.
3516e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3517e5dd7070Spatrick  * The ref-qualifier is returned for C++ functions or methods. For other types
3518e5dd7070Spatrick  * or non-C++ declarations, CXRefQualifier_None is returned.
3519e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3520e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXRefQualifierKind clang_Type_getCXXRefQualifier(CXType T);
3521e5dd7070Spatrick 
3522e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3523e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns non-zero if the cursor specifies a Record member that is a
3524e5dd7070Spatrick  *   bitfield.
3525e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3526e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isBitField(CXCursor C);
3527e5dd7070Spatrick 
3528e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3529e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns 1 if the base class specified by the cursor with kind
3530e5dd7070Spatrick  *   CX_CXXBaseSpecifier is virtual.
3531e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3532e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isVirtualBase(CXCursor);
3533e5dd7070Spatrick 
3534e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3535e5dd7070Spatrick  * Represents the C++ access control level to a base class for a
3536e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor with kind CX_CXXBaseSpecifier.
3537e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3538e5dd7070Spatrick enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier {
3539e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_CXXInvalidAccessSpecifier,
3540e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_CXXPublic,
3541e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_CXXProtected,
3542e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_CXXPrivate
3543e5dd7070Spatrick };
3544e5dd7070Spatrick 
3545e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3546e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the access control level for the referenced object.
3547e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3548ec727ea7Spatrick  * If the cursor refers to a C++ declaration, its access control level within
3549ec727ea7Spatrick  * its parent scope is returned. Otherwise, if the cursor refers to a base
3550ec727ea7Spatrick  * specifier or access specifier, the specifier itself is returned.
3551e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3552e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_CXXAccessSpecifier clang_getCXXAccessSpecifier(CXCursor);
3553e5dd7070Spatrick 
3554e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3555e5dd7070Spatrick  * Represents the storage classes as declared in the source. CX_SC_Invalid
3556e5dd7070Spatrick  * was added for the case that the passed cursor in not a declaration.
3557e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3558e5dd7070Spatrick enum CX_StorageClass {
3559e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_SC_Invalid,
3560e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_SC_None,
3561e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_SC_Extern,
3562e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_SC_Static,
3563e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_SC_PrivateExtern,
3564e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal,
3565e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_SC_Auto,
3566e5dd7070Spatrick   CX_SC_Register
3567e5dd7070Spatrick };
3568e5dd7070Spatrick 
3569e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3570e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the storage class for a function or variable declaration.
3571e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3572e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the passed in Cursor is not a function or variable declaration,
3573e5dd7070Spatrick  * CX_SC_Invalid is returned else the storage class.
3574e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3575e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CX_StorageClass clang_Cursor_getStorageClass(CXCursor);
3576e5dd7070Spatrick 
3577e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3578e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the number of overloaded declarations referenced by a
3579e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3580e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3581e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3582e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3583e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The number of overloaded declarations referenced by \c cursor. If it
3584e5dd7070Spatrick  * is not a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor, returns 0.
3585e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3586e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_getNumOverloadedDecls(CXCursor cursor);
3587e5dd7070Spatrick 
3588e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3589e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a cursor for one of the overloaded declarations referenced
3590e5dd7070Spatrick  * by a \c CXCursor_OverloadedDeclRef cursor.
3591e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3592e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param cursor The cursor whose overloaded declarations are being queried.
3593e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3594e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param index The zero-based index into the set of overloaded declarations in
3595e5dd7070Spatrick  * the cursor.
3596e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3597e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns A cursor representing the declaration referenced by the given
3598e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c cursor at the specified \c index. If the cursor does not have an
3599e5dd7070Spatrick  * associated set of overloaded declarations, or if the index is out of bounds,
3600e5dd7070Spatrick  * returns \c clang_getNullCursor();
3601e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3602e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getOverloadedDecl(CXCursor cursor,
3603e5dd7070Spatrick                                                 unsigned index);
3604e5dd7070Spatrick 
3605e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3606e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
3607e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3608e5dd7070Spatrick 
3609e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3610e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_ATTRIBUTES Information for attributes
3611e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3612e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
3613e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3614e5dd7070Spatrick 
3615e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3616e5dd7070Spatrick  * For cursors representing an iboutletcollection attribute,
3617e5dd7070Spatrick  *  this function returns the collection element type.
3618e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3619e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3620e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_getIBOutletCollectionType(CXCursor);
3621e5dd7070Spatrick 
3622e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3623e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
3624e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3625e5dd7070Spatrick 
3626e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3627e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_TRAVERSAL Traversing the AST with cursors
3628e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3629e5dd7070Spatrick  * These routines provide the ability to traverse the abstract syntax tree
3630e5dd7070Spatrick  * using cursors.
3631e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3632e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
3633e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3634e5dd7070Spatrick 
3635e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3636e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes how the traversal of the children of a particular
3637e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor should proceed after visiting a particular child cursor.
3638e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3639e5dd7070Spatrick  * A value of this enumeration type should be returned by each
3640e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c CXCursorVisitor to indicate how clang_visitChildren() proceed.
3641e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3642e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXChildVisitResult {
3643e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3644e5dd7070Spatrick    * Terminates the cursor traversal.
3645e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3646e5dd7070Spatrick   CXChildVisit_Break,
3647e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3648e5dd7070Spatrick    * Continues the cursor traversal with the next sibling of
3649e5dd7070Spatrick    * the cursor just visited, without visiting its children.
3650e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3651e5dd7070Spatrick   CXChildVisit_Continue,
3652e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
3653e5dd7070Spatrick    * Recursively traverse the children of this cursor, using
3654e5dd7070Spatrick    * the same visitor and client data.
3655e5dd7070Spatrick    */
3656e5dd7070Spatrick   CXChildVisit_Recurse
3657e5dd7070Spatrick };
3658e5dd7070Spatrick 
3659e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3660e5dd7070Spatrick  * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
3661e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3662e5dd7070Spatrick  * This visitor function will be invoked for each cursor found by
3663e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_visitCursorChildren(). Its first argument is the cursor being
3664e5dd7070Spatrick  * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor,
3665e5dd7070Spatrick  * and its third argument is the client data provided to
3666e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_visitCursorChildren().
3667e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3668e5dd7070Spatrick  * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
3669e5dd7070Spatrick  * to direct clang_visitCursorChildren().
3670e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3671e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (*CXCursorVisitor)(CXCursor cursor,
3672e5dd7070Spatrick                                                    CXCursor parent,
3673e5dd7070Spatrick                                                    CXClientData client_data);
3674e5dd7070Spatrick 
3675e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3676e5dd7070Spatrick  * Visit the children of a particular cursor.
3677e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3678e5dd7070Spatrick  * This function visits all the direct children of the given cursor,
3679e5dd7070Spatrick  * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
3680e5dd7070Spatrick  * visited child. The traversal may be recursive, if the visitor returns
3681e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c CXChildVisit_Recurse. The traversal may also be ended prematurely, if
3682e5dd7070Spatrick  * the visitor returns \c CXChildVisit_Break.
3683e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3684e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param parent the cursor whose child may be visited. All kinds of
3685e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursors can be visited, including invalid cursors (which, by
3686e5dd7070Spatrick  * definition, have no children).
3687e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3688e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
3689e5dd7070Spatrick  * child of \p parent.
3690e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3691e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
3692e5dd7070Spatrick  * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
3693e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3694e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
3695e5dd7070Spatrick  * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXChildVisit_Break.
3696e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3697e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_visitChildren(CXCursor parent,
3698e5dd7070Spatrick                                             CXCursorVisitor visitor,
3699e5dd7070Spatrick                                             CXClientData client_data);
3700e5dd7070Spatrick #ifdef __has_feature
3701e5dd7070Spatrick #if __has_feature(blocks)
3702e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3703e5dd7070Spatrick  * Visitor invoked for each cursor found by a traversal.
3704e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3705e5dd7070Spatrick  * This visitor block will be invoked for each cursor found by
3706e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(). Its first argument is the cursor being
3707e5dd7070Spatrick  * visited, its second argument is the parent visitor for that cursor.
3708e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3709e5dd7070Spatrick  * The visitor should return one of the \c CXChildVisitResult values
3710e5dd7070Spatrick  * to direct clang_visitChildrenWithBlock().
3711e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3712ec727ea7Spatrick typedef enum CXChildVisitResult (^CXCursorVisitorBlock)(CXCursor cursor,
3713ec727ea7Spatrick                                                         CXCursor parent);
3714e5dd7070Spatrick 
3715e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3716e5dd7070Spatrick  * Visits the children of a cursor using the specified block.  Behaves
3717e5dd7070Spatrick  * identically to clang_visitChildren() in all other respects.
3718e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3719ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
3720ec727ea7Spatrick clang_visitChildrenWithBlock(CXCursor parent, CXCursorVisitorBlock block);
3721e5dd7070Spatrick #endif
3722e5dd7070Spatrick #endif
3723e5dd7070Spatrick 
3724e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3725e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
3726e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3727e5dd7070Spatrick 
3728e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3729e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_CURSOR_XREF Cross-referencing in the AST
3730e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3731e5dd7070Spatrick  * These routines provide the ability to determine references within and
3732e5dd7070Spatrick  * across translation units, by providing the names of the entities referenced
3733e5dd7070Spatrick  * by cursors, follow reference cursors to the declarations they reference,
3734e5dd7070Spatrick  * and associate declarations with their definitions.
3735e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3736e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
3737e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3738e5dd7070Spatrick 
3739e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3740e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) for the entity referenced
3741e5dd7070Spatrick  * by the given cursor.
3742e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3743e5dd7070Spatrick  * A Unified Symbol Resolution (USR) is a string that identifies a particular
3744e5dd7070Spatrick  * entity (function, class, variable, etc.) within a program. USRs can be
3745e5dd7070Spatrick  * compared across translation units to determine, e.g., when references in
3746e5dd7070Spatrick  * one translation refer to an entity defined in another translation unit.
3747e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3748e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorUSR(CXCursor);
3749e5dd7070Spatrick 
3750e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3751e5dd7070Spatrick  * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C class.
3752e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3753e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCClass(const char *class_name);
3754e5dd7070Spatrick 
3755e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3756e5dd7070Spatrick  * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C category.
3757e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3758ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCCategory(
3759ec727ea7Spatrick     const char *class_name, const char *category_name);
3760e5dd7070Spatrick 
3761e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3762e5dd7070Spatrick  * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C protocol.
3763e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3764e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
3765e5dd7070Spatrick clang_constructUSR_ObjCProtocol(const char *protocol_name);
3766e5dd7070Spatrick 
3767e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3768e5dd7070Spatrick  * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C instance variable and
3769e5dd7070Spatrick  *   the USR for its containing class.
3770e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3771e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCIvar(const char *name,
3772e5dd7070Spatrick                                                     CXString classUSR);
3773e5dd7070Spatrick 
3774e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3775e5dd7070Spatrick  * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C method and
3776e5dd7070Spatrick  *   the USR for its containing class.
3777e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3778e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCMethod(const char *name,
3779e5dd7070Spatrick                                                       unsigned isInstanceMethod,
3780e5dd7070Spatrick                                                       CXString classUSR);
3781e5dd7070Spatrick 
3782e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3783e5dd7070Spatrick  * Construct a USR for a specified Objective-C property and the USR
3784e5dd7070Spatrick  *  for its containing class.
3785e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3786e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_constructUSR_ObjCProperty(const char *property,
3787e5dd7070Spatrick                                                         CXString classUSR);
3788e5dd7070Spatrick 
3789e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3790e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
3791e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3792e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorSpelling(CXCursor);
3793e5dd7070Spatrick 
3794e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3795e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a range for a piece that forms the cursors spelling name.
3796e5dd7070Spatrick  * Most of the times there is only one range for the complete spelling but for
3797e5dd7070Spatrick  * Objective-C methods and Objective-C message expressions, there are multiple
3798e5dd7070Spatrick  * pieces for each selector identifier.
3799e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3800e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param pieceIndex the index of the spelling name piece. If this is greater
3801e5dd7070Spatrick  * than the actual number of pieces, it will return a NULL (invalid) range.
3802e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3803e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param options Reserved.
3804e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3805ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getSpellingNameRange(
3806ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCursor, unsigned pieceIndex, unsigned options);
3807e5dd7070Spatrick 
3808e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3809e5dd7070Spatrick  * Opaque pointer representing a policy that controls pretty printing
3810e5dd7070Spatrick  * for \c clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted.
3811e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3812e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXPrintingPolicy;
3813e5dd7070Spatrick 
3814e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3815e5dd7070Spatrick  * Properties for the printing policy.
3816e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3817e5dd7070Spatrick  * See \c clang::PrintingPolicy for more information.
3818e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3819e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty {
3820e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_Indentation,
3821e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressSpecifiers,
3822e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTagKeyword,
3823e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeTagDefinition,
3824e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressScope,
3825e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressUnwrittenScope,
3826e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressInitializers,
3827e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantArraySizeAsWritten,
3828e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_AnonymousTagLocations,
3829e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressStrongLifetime,
3830e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressLifetimeQualifiers,
3831e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressTemplateArgsInCXXConstructors,
3832e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_Bool,
3833e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_Restrict,
3834e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_Alignof,
3835e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_UnderscoreAlignof,
3836e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_UseVoidForZeroParams,
3837e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_TerseOutput,
3838e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_PolishForDeclaration,
3839e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_Half,
3840e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_MSWChar,
3841e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_IncludeNewlines,
3842e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_MSVCFormatting,
3843e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_ConstantsAsWritten,
3844e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_SuppressImplicitBase,
3845e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName,
3846e5dd7070Spatrick 
3847e5dd7070Spatrick   CXPrintingPolicy_LastProperty = CXPrintingPolicy_FullyQualifiedName
3848e5dd7070Spatrick };
3849e5dd7070Spatrick 
3850e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3851e5dd7070Spatrick  * Get a property value for the given printing policy.
3852e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3853e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
3854e5dd7070Spatrick clang_PrintingPolicy_getProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
3855e5dd7070Spatrick                                  enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property);
3856e5dd7070Spatrick 
3857e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3858e5dd7070Spatrick  * Set a property value for the given printing policy.
3859e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3860ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void
3861ec727ea7Spatrick clang_PrintingPolicy_setProperty(CXPrintingPolicy Policy,
3862e5dd7070Spatrick                                  enum CXPrintingPolicyProperty Property,
3863e5dd7070Spatrick                                  unsigned Value);
3864e5dd7070Spatrick 
3865e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3866e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the default policy for the cursor.
3867e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3868e5dd7070Spatrick  * The policy should be released after use with \c
3869e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose.
3870e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3871e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXPrintingPolicy clang_getCursorPrintingPolicy(CXCursor);
3872e5dd7070Spatrick 
3873e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3874e5dd7070Spatrick  * Release a printing policy.
3875e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3876e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_PrintingPolicy_dispose(CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
3877e5dd7070Spatrick 
3878e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3879e5dd7070Spatrick  * Pretty print declarations.
3880e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3881e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Cursor The cursor representing a declaration.
3882e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3883e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Policy The policy to control the entities being printed. If
3884e5dd7070Spatrick  * NULL, a default policy is used.
3885e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3886e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The pretty printed declaration or the empty string for
3887e5dd7070Spatrick  * other cursors.
3888e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3889e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorPrettyPrinted(CXCursor Cursor,
3890e5dd7070Spatrick                                                      CXPrintingPolicy Policy);
3891e5dd7070Spatrick 
3892e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3893e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the display name for the entity referenced by this cursor.
3894e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3895e5dd7070Spatrick  * The display name contains extra information that helps identify the cursor,
3896e5dd7070Spatrick  * such as the parameters of a function or template or the arguments of a
3897e5dd7070Spatrick  * class template specialization.
3898e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3899e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorDisplayName(CXCursor);
3900e5dd7070Spatrick 
3901e5dd7070Spatrick /** For a cursor that is a reference, retrieve a cursor representing the
3902e5dd7070Spatrick  * entity that it references.
3903e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3904e5dd7070Spatrick  * Reference cursors refer to other entities in the AST. For example, an
3905e5dd7070Spatrick  * Objective-C superclass reference cursor refers to an Objective-C class.
3906e5dd7070Spatrick  * This function produces the cursor for the Objective-C class from the
3907e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor for the superclass reference. If the input cursor is a declaration or
3908e5dd7070Spatrick  * definition, it returns that declaration or definition unchanged.
3909e5dd7070Spatrick  * Otherwise, returns the NULL cursor.
3910e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3911e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorReferenced(CXCursor);
3912e5dd7070Spatrick 
3913e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3914e5dd7070Spatrick  *  For a cursor that is either a reference to or a declaration
3915e5dd7070Spatrick  *  of some entity, retrieve a cursor that describes the definition of
3916e5dd7070Spatrick  *  that entity.
3917e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3918e5dd7070Spatrick  *  Some entities can be declared multiple times within a translation
3919e5dd7070Spatrick  *  unit, but only one of those declarations can also be a
3920e5dd7070Spatrick  *  definition. For example, given:
3921e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3922e5dd7070Spatrick  *  \code
3923e5dd7070Spatrick  *  int f(int, int);
3924e5dd7070Spatrick  *  int g(int x, int y) { return f(x, y); }
3925e5dd7070Spatrick  *  int f(int a, int b) { return a + b; }
3926e5dd7070Spatrick  *  int f(int, int);
3927e5dd7070Spatrick  *  \endcode
3928e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3929e5dd7070Spatrick  *  there are three declarations of the function "f", but only the
3930e5dd7070Spatrick  *  second one is a definition. The clang_getCursorDefinition()
3931e5dd7070Spatrick  *  function will take any cursor pointing to a declaration of "f"
3932e5dd7070Spatrick  *  (the first or fourth lines of the example) or a cursor referenced
3933e5dd7070Spatrick  *  that uses "f" (the call to "f' inside "g") and will return a
3934e5dd7070Spatrick  *  declaration cursor pointing to the definition (the second "f"
3935e5dd7070Spatrick  *  declaration).
3936e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3937e5dd7070Spatrick  *  If given a cursor for which there is no corresponding definition,
3938e5dd7070Spatrick  *  e.g., because there is no definition of that entity within this
3939e5dd7070Spatrick  *  translation unit, returns a NULL cursor.
3940e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3941e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
3942e5dd7070Spatrick 
3943e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3944e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine whether the declaration pointed to by this cursor
3945e5dd7070Spatrick  * is also a definition of that entity.
3946e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3947e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_isCursorDefinition(CXCursor);
3948e5dd7070Spatrick 
3949e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3950e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the canonical cursor corresponding to the given cursor.
3951e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3952e5dd7070Spatrick  * In the C family of languages, many kinds of entities can be declared several
3953e5dd7070Spatrick  * times within a single translation unit. For example, a structure type can
3954e5dd7070Spatrick  * be forward-declared (possibly multiple times) and later defined:
3955e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3956e5dd7070Spatrick  * \code
3957e5dd7070Spatrick  * struct X;
3958e5dd7070Spatrick  * struct X;
3959e5dd7070Spatrick  * struct X {
3960e5dd7070Spatrick  *   int member;
3961e5dd7070Spatrick  * };
3962e5dd7070Spatrick  * \endcode
3963e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3964e5dd7070Spatrick  * The declarations and the definition of \c X are represented by three
3965e5dd7070Spatrick  * different cursors, all of which are declarations of the same underlying
3966e5dd7070Spatrick  * entity. One of these cursor is considered the "canonical" cursor, which
3967e5dd7070Spatrick  * is effectively the representative for the underlying entity. One can
3968e5dd7070Spatrick  * determine if two cursors are declarations of the same underlying entity by
3969e5dd7070Spatrick  * comparing their canonical cursors.
3970e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3971e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The canonical cursor for the entity referred to by the given cursor.
3972e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3973e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getCanonicalCursor(CXCursor);
3974e5dd7070Spatrick 
3975e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3976e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the cursor points to a selector identifier in an Objective-C
3977e5dd7070Spatrick  * method or message expression, this returns the selector index.
3978e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3979e5dd7070Spatrick  * After getting a cursor with #clang_getCursor, this can be called to
3980e5dd7070Spatrick  * determine if the location points to a selector identifier.
3981e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3982e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The selector index if the cursor is an Objective-C method or message
3983e5dd7070Spatrick  * expression and the cursor is pointing to a selector identifier, or -1
3984e5dd7070Spatrick  * otherwise.
3985e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3986e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_getObjCSelectorIndex(CXCursor);
3987e5dd7070Spatrick 
3988e5dd7070Spatrick /**
3989e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor pointing to a C++ method call or an Objective-C
3990e5dd7070Spatrick  * message, returns non-zero if the method/message is "dynamic", meaning:
3991e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3992e5dd7070Spatrick  * For a C++ method: the call is virtual.
3993e5dd7070Spatrick  * For an Objective-C message: the receiver is an object instance, not 'super'
3994e5dd7070Spatrick  * or a specific class.
3995e5dd7070Spatrick  *
3996e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the method/message is "static" or the cursor does not point to a
3997e5dd7070Spatrick  * method/message, it will return zero.
3998e5dd7070Spatrick  */
3999e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Cursor_isDynamicCall(CXCursor C);
4000e5dd7070Spatrick 
4001e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4002e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor pointing to an Objective-C message or property
4003e5dd7070Spatrick  * reference, or C++ method call, returns the CXType of the receiver.
4004e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4005e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXType clang_Cursor_getReceiverType(CXCursor C);
4006e5dd7070Spatrick 
4007e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4008e5dd7070Spatrick  * Property attributes for a \c CXCursor_ObjCPropertyDecl.
4009e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4010e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
4011e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_noattr = 0x00,
4012e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_readonly = 0x01,
4013e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_getter = 0x02,
4014e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_assign = 0x04,
4015e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_readwrite = 0x08,
4016e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_retain = 0x10,
4017e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_copy = 0x20,
4018e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_nonatomic = 0x40,
4019e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_setter = 0x80,
4020e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_atomic = 0x100,
4021e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_weak = 0x200,
4022e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_strong = 0x400,
4023e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_unsafe_unretained = 0x800,
4024e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCPropertyAttr_class = 0x1000
4025e5dd7070Spatrick } CXObjCPropertyAttrKind;
4026e5dd7070Spatrick 
4027e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4028e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4029e5dd7070Spatrick  * associated property attributes. The bits are formed from
4030e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c CXObjCPropertyAttrKind.
4031e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4032e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param reserved Reserved for future use, pass 0.
4033e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4034ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4035ec727ea7Spatrick clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyAttributes(CXCursor C, unsigned reserved);
4036e5dd7070Spatrick 
4037e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4038e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4039e5dd7070Spatrick  * name of the method that implements the getter.
4040e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4041e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertyGetterName(CXCursor C);
4042e5dd7070Spatrick 
4043e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4044e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents a property declaration, return the
4045e5dd7070Spatrick  * name of the method that implements the setter, if any.
4046e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4047e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getObjCPropertySetterName(CXCursor C);
4048e5dd7070Spatrick 
4049e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4050e5dd7070Spatrick  * 'Qualifiers' written next to the return and parameter types in
4051e5dd7070Spatrick  * Objective-C method declarations.
4052e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4053e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
4054e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCDeclQualifier_None = 0x0,
4055e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCDeclQualifier_In = 0x1,
4056e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Inout = 0x2,
4057e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Out = 0x4,
4058e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Bycopy = 0x8,
4059e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Byref = 0x10,
4060e5dd7070Spatrick   CXObjCDeclQualifier_Oneway = 0x20
4061e5dd7070Spatrick } CXObjCDeclQualifierKind;
4062e5dd7070Spatrick 
4063e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4064e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or parameter
4065e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration, return the associated Objective-C qualifiers for the return
4066e5dd7070Spatrick  * type or the parameter respectively. The bits are formed from
4067e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXObjCDeclQualifierKind.
4068e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4069e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_getObjCDeclQualifiers(CXCursor C);
4070e5dd7070Spatrick 
4071e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4072e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents an Objective-C method or property
4073e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration, return non-zero if the declaration was affected by "\@optional".
4074e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns zero if the cursor is not such a declaration or it is "\@required".
4075e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4076e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isObjCOptional(CXCursor C);
4077e5dd7070Spatrick 
4078e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4079e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns non-zero if the given cursor is a variadic function or method.
4080e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4081e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isVariadic(CXCursor C);
4082e5dd7070Spatrick 
4083e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4084e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns non-zero if the given cursor points to a symbol marked with
4085e5dd7070Spatrick  * external_source_symbol attribute.
4086e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4087e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param language If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4088e5dd7070Spatrick  * the 'language' string from the attribute.
4089e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4090e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param definedIn If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4091e5dd7070Spatrick  * the 'definedIn' string from the attribute.
4092e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4093e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param isGenerated If non-NULL, and the attribute is present, will be set to
4094e5dd7070Spatrick  * non-zero if the 'generated_declaration' is set in the attribute.
4095e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4096e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Cursor_isExternalSymbol(CXCursor C,
4097ec727ea7Spatrick                                                       CXString *language,
4098ec727ea7Spatrick                                                       CXString *definedIn,
4099e5dd7070Spatrick                                                       unsigned *isGenerated);
4100e5dd7070Spatrick 
4101e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4102e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
4103e5dd7070Spatrick  * comment's source range.  The range may include multiple consecutive comments
4104e5dd7070Spatrick  * with whitespace in between.
4105e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4106e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_Cursor_getCommentRange(CXCursor C);
4107e5dd7070Spatrick 
4108e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4109e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents a declaration, return the associated
4110e5dd7070Spatrick  * comment text, including comment markers.
4111e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4112e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getRawCommentText(CXCursor C);
4113e5dd7070Spatrick 
4114e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4115e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents a documentable entity (e.g.,
4116e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration), return the associated \paragraph; otherwise return the
4117e5dd7070Spatrick  * first paragraph.
4118e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4119e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getBriefCommentText(CXCursor C);
4120e5dd7070Spatrick 
4121e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4122e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
4123e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4124e5dd7070Spatrick 
4125e5dd7070Spatrick /** \defgroup CINDEX_MANGLE Name Mangling API Functions
4126e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4127e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
4128e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4129e5dd7070Spatrick 
4130e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4131e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the CXString representing the mangled name of the cursor.
4132e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4133e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Cursor_getMangling(CXCursor);
4134e5dd7070Spatrick 
4135e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4136e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the C++
4137e5dd7070Spatrick  * constructor or destructor at the cursor.
4138e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4139e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getCXXManglings(CXCursor);
4140e5dd7070Spatrick 
4141e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4142e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the CXStrings representing the mangled symbols of the ObjC
4143e5dd7070Spatrick  * class interface or implementation at the cursor.
4144e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4145e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXStringSet *clang_Cursor_getObjCManglings(CXCursor);
4146e5dd7070Spatrick 
4147e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4148e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
4149e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4150e5dd7070Spatrick 
4151e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4152e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_MODULE Module introspection
4153e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4154e5dd7070Spatrick  * The functions in this group provide access to information about modules.
4155e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4156e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
4157e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4158e5dd7070Spatrick 
4159e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXModule;
4160e5dd7070Spatrick 
4161e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4162e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a CXCursor_ModuleImportDecl cursor, return the associated module.
4163e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4164e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Cursor_getModule(CXCursor C);
4165e5dd7070Spatrick 
4166e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4167e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a CXFile header file, return the module that contains it, if one
4168e5dd7070Spatrick  * exists.
4169e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4170e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_getModuleForFile(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile);
4171e5dd7070Spatrick 
4172e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4173e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Module a module object.
4174e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4175e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the module file where the provided module object came from.
4176e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4177e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXFile clang_Module_getASTFile(CXModule Module);
4178e5dd7070Spatrick 
4179e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4180e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Module a module object.
4181e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4182e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the parent of a sub-module or NULL if the given module is top-level,
4183e5dd7070Spatrick  * e.g. for 'std.vector' it will return the 'std' module.
4184e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4185e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXModule clang_Module_getParent(CXModule Module);
4186e5dd7070Spatrick 
4187e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4188e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Module a module object.
4189e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4190e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the name of the module, e.g. for the 'std.vector' sub-module it
4191e5dd7070Spatrick  * will return "vector".
4192e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4193e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getName(CXModule Module);
4194e5dd7070Spatrick 
4195e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4196e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Module a module object.
4197e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4198e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the full name of the module, e.g. "std.vector".
4199e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4200e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_Module_getFullName(CXModule Module);
4201e5dd7070Spatrick 
4202e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4203e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Module a module object.
4204e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4205e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns non-zero if the module is a system one.
4206e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4207e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_Module_isSystem(CXModule Module);
4208e5dd7070Spatrick 
4209e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4210e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Module a module object.
4211e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4212e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the number of top level headers associated with this module.
4213e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4214e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Module_getNumTopLevelHeaders(CXTranslationUnit,
4215e5dd7070Spatrick                                                            CXModule Module);
4216e5dd7070Spatrick 
4217e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4218e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Module a module object.
4219e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4220e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Index top level header index (zero-based).
4221e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4222e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the specified top level header associated with the module.
4223e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4224e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
4225ec727ea7Spatrick CXFile clang_Module_getTopLevelHeader(CXTranslationUnit, CXModule Module,
4226ec727ea7Spatrick                                       unsigned Index);
4227e5dd7070Spatrick 
4228e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4229e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
4230e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4231e5dd7070Spatrick 
4232e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4233e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_CPP C++ AST introspection
4234e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4235e5dd7070Spatrick  * The routines in this group provide access information in the ASTs specific
4236e5dd7070Spatrick  * to C++ language features.
4237e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4238e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
4239e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4240e5dd7070Spatrick 
4241e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4242e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ constructor is a converting constructor.
4243e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4244ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4245ec727ea7Spatrick clang_CXXConstructor_isConvertingConstructor(CXCursor C);
4246e5dd7070Spatrick 
4247e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4248e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ constructor is a copy constructor.
4249e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4250e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isCopyConstructor(CXCursor C);
4251e5dd7070Spatrick 
4252e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4253e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ constructor is the default constructor.
4254e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4255e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isDefaultConstructor(CXCursor C);
4256e5dd7070Spatrick 
4257e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4258e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ constructor is a move constructor.
4259e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4260e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXConstructor_isMoveConstructor(CXCursor C);
4261e5dd7070Spatrick 
4262e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4263e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ field is declared 'mutable'.
4264e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4265e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXField_isMutable(CXCursor C);
4266e5dd7070Spatrick 
4267e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4268e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ method is declared '= default'.
4269e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4270e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDefaulted(CXCursor C);
4271e5dd7070Spatrick 
4272e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4273*12c85518Srobert  * Determine if a C++ method is declared '= delete'.
4274*12c85518Srobert  */
4275*12c85518Srobert CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isDeleted(CXCursor C);
4276*12c85518Srobert 
4277*12c85518Srobert /**
4278e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4279e5dd7070Spatrick  * pure virtual.
4280e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4281e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isPureVirtual(CXCursor C);
4282e5dd7070Spatrick 
4283e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4284e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4285e5dd7070Spatrick  * declared 'static'.
4286e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4287e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isStatic(CXCursor C);
4288e5dd7070Spatrick 
4289e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4290e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4291e5dd7070Spatrick  * explicitly declared 'virtual' or if it overrides a virtual method from
4292e5dd7070Spatrick  * one of the base classes.
4293e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4294e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isVirtual(CXCursor C);
4295e5dd7070Spatrick 
4296e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4297*12c85518Srobert  * Determine if a C++ member function is a copy-assignment operator,
4298*12c85518Srobert  * returning 1 if such is the case and 0 otherwise.
4299*12c85518Srobert  *
4300*12c85518Srobert  * > A copy-assignment operator `X::operator=` is a non-static,
4301*12c85518Srobert  * > non-template member function of _class_ `X` with exactly one
4302*12c85518Srobert  * > parameter of type `X`, `X&`, `const X&`, `volatile X&` or `const
4303*12c85518Srobert  * > volatile X&`.
4304*12c85518Srobert  *
4305*12c85518Srobert  * That is, for example, the `operator=` in:
4306*12c85518Srobert  *
4307*12c85518Srobert  *    class Foo {
4308*12c85518Srobert  *        bool operator=(const volatile Foo&);
4309*12c85518Srobert  *    };
4310*12c85518Srobert  *
4311*12c85518Srobert  * Is a copy-assignment operator, while the `operator=` in:
4312*12c85518Srobert  *
4313*12c85518Srobert  *    class Bar {
4314*12c85518Srobert  *        bool operator=(const int&);
4315*12c85518Srobert  *    };
4316*12c85518Srobert  *
4317*12c85518Srobert  * Is not.
4318*12c85518Srobert  */
4319*12c85518Srobert CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isCopyAssignmentOperator(CXCursor C);
4320*12c85518Srobert 
4321*12c85518Srobert /**
4322*12c85518Srobert  * Determine if a C++ member function is a move-assignment operator,
4323*12c85518Srobert  * returning 1 if such is the case and 0 otherwise.
4324*12c85518Srobert  *
4325*12c85518Srobert  * > A move-assignment operator `X::operator=` is a non-static,
4326*12c85518Srobert  * > non-template member function of _class_ `X` with exactly one
4327*12c85518Srobert  * > parameter of type `X&&`, `const X&&`, `volatile X&&` or `const
4328*12c85518Srobert  * > volatile X&&`.
4329*12c85518Srobert  *
4330*12c85518Srobert  * That is, for example, the `operator=` in:
4331*12c85518Srobert  *
4332*12c85518Srobert  *    class Foo {
4333*12c85518Srobert  *        bool operator=(const volatile Foo&&);
4334*12c85518Srobert  *    };
4335*12c85518Srobert  *
4336*12c85518Srobert  * Is a move-assignment operator, while the `operator=` in:
4337*12c85518Srobert  *
4338*12c85518Srobert  *    class Bar {
4339*12c85518Srobert  *        bool operator=(const int&&);
4340*12c85518Srobert  *    };
4341*12c85518Srobert  *
4342*12c85518Srobert  * Is not.
4343*12c85518Srobert  */
4344*12c85518Srobert CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isMoveAssignmentOperator(CXCursor C);
4345*12c85518Srobert 
4346*12c85518Srobert /**
4347e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ record is abstract, i.e. whether a class or struct
4348e5dd7070Spatrick  * has a pure virtual member function.
4349e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4350e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXRecord_isAbstract(CXCursor C);
4351e5dd7070Spatrick 
4352e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4353e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if an enum declaration refers to a scoped enum.
4354e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4355e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EnumDecl_isScoped(CXCursor C);
4356e5dd7070Spatrick 
4357e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4358e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine if a C++ member function or member function template is
4359e5dd7070Spatrick  * declared 'const'.
4360e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4361e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_CXXMethod_isConst(CXCursor C);
4362e5dd7070Spatrick 
4363e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4364e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that represents a template, determine
4365e5dd7070Spatrick  * the cursor kind of the specializations would be generated by instantiating
4366e5dd7070Spatrick  * the template.
4367e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4368e5dd7070Spatrick  * This routine can be used to determine what flavor of function template,
4369e5dd7070Spatrick  * class template, or class template partial specialization is stored in the
4370e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursor. For example, it can describe whether a class template cursor is
4371e5dd7070Spatrick  * declared with "struct", "class" or "union".
4372e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4373e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param C The cursor to query. This cursor should represent a template
4374e5dd7070Spatrick  * declaration.
4375e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4376e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The cursor kind of the specializations that would be generated
4377e5dd7070Spatrick  * by instantiating the template \p C. If \p C is not a template, returns
4378e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c CXCursor_NoDeclFound.
4379e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4380e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCursorKind clang_getTemplateCursorKind(CXCursor C);
4381e5dd7070Spatrick 
4382e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4383e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that may represent a specialization or instantiation
4384e5dd7070Spatrick  * of a template, retrieve the cursor that represents the template that it
4385e5dd7070Spatrick  * specializes or from which it was instantiated.
4386e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4387e5dd7070Spatrick  * This routine determines the template involved both for explicit
4388e5dd7070Spatrick  * specializations of templates and for implicit instantiations of the template,
4389e5dd7070Spatrick  * both of which are referred to as "specializations". For a class template
4390e5dd7070Spatrick  * specialization (e.g., \c std::vector<bool>), this routine will return
4391e5dd7070Spatrick  * either the primary template (\c std::vector) or, if the specialization was
4392e5dd7070Spatrick  * instantiated from a class template partial specialization, the class template
4393e5dd7070Spatrick  * partial specialization. For a class template partial specialization and a
4394e5dd7070Spatrick  * function template specialization (including instantiations), this
4395e5dd7070Spatrick  * this routine will return the specialized template.
4396e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4397e5dd7070Spatrick  * For members of a class template (e.g., member functions, member classes, or
4398e5dd7070Spatrick  * static data members), returns the specialized or instantiated member.
4399e5dd7070Spatrick  * Although not strictly "templates" in the C++ language, members of class
4400e5dd7070Spatrick  * templates have the same notions of specializations and instantiations that
4401e5dd7070Spatrick  * templates do, so this routine treats them similarly.
4402e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4403e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param C A cursor that may be a specialization of a template or a member
4404e5dd7070Spatrick  * of a template.
4405e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4406e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns If the given cursor is a specialization or instantiation of a
4407e5dd7070Spatrick  * template or a member thereof, the template or member that it specializes or
4408e5dd7070Spatrick  * from which it was instantiated. Otherwise, returns a NULL cursor.
4409e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4410e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCursor clang_getSpecializedCursorTemplate(CXCursor C);
4411e5dd7070Spatrick 
4412e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4413e5dd7070Spatrick  * Given a cursor that references something else, return the source range
4414e5dd7070Spatrick  * covering that reference.
4415e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4416e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param C A cursor pointing to a member reference, a declaration reference, or
4417e5dd7070Spatrick  * an operator call.
4418e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param NameFlags A bitset with three independent flags:
4419e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXNameRange_WantQualifier, CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs, and
4420e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4421e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param PieceIndex For contiguous names or when passing the flag
4422e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece, only one piece with index 0 is
4423e5dd7070Spatrick  * available. When the CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece flag is not passed for a
4424e5dd7070Spatrick  * non-contiguous names, this index can be used to retrieve the individual
4425e5dd7070Spatrick  * pieces of the name. See also CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece.
4426e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4427e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The piece of the name pointed to by the given cursor. If there is no
4428e5dd7070Spatrick  * name, or if the PieceIndex is out-of-range, a null-cursor will be returned.
4429e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4430ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getCursorReferenceNameRange(
4431ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCursor C, unsigned NameFlags, unsigned PieceIndex);
4432e5dd7070Spatrick 
4433e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXNameRefFlags {
4434e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4435e5dd7070Spatrick    * Include the nested-name-specifier, e.g. Foo:: in x.Foo::y, in the
4436e5dd7070Spatrick    * range.
4437e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4438e5dd7070Spatrick   CXNameRange_WantQualifier = 0x1,
4439e5dd7070Spatrick 
4440e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4441e5dd7070Spatrick    * Include the explicit template arguments, e.g. \<int> in x.f<int>,
4442e5dd7070Spatrick    * in the range.
4443e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4444e5dd7070Spatrick   CXNameRange_WantTemplateArgs = 0x2,
4445e5dd7070Spatrick 
4446e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4447e5dd7070Spatrick    * If the name is non-contiguous, return the full spanning range.
4448e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4449e5dd7070Spatrick    * Non-contiguous names occur in Objective-C when a selector with two or more
4450e5dd7070Spatrick    * parameters is used, or in C++ when using an operator:
4451e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
4452e5dd7070Spatrick    * [object doSomething:here withValue:there]; // Objective-C
4453e5dd7070Spatrick    * return some_vector[1]; // C++
4454e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
4455e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4456e5dd7070Spatrick   CXNameRange_WantSinglePiece = 0x4
4457e5dd7070Spatrick };
4458e5dd7070Spatrick 
4459e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4460e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
4461e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4462e5dd7070Spatrick 
4463e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4464e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_LEX Token extraction and manipulation
4465e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4466e5dd7070Spatrick  * The routines in this group provide access to the tokens within a
4467e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation unit, along with a semantic mapping of those tokens to
4468e5dd7070Spatrick  * their corresponding cursors.
4469e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4470e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
4471e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4472e5dd7070Spatrick 
4473e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4474e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes a kind of token.
4475e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4476e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum CXTokenKind {
4477e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4478e5dd7070Spatrick    * A token that contains some kind of punctuation.
4479e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4480e5dd7070Spatrick   CXToken_Punctuation,
4481e5dd7070Spatrick 
4482e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4483e5dd7070Spatrick    * A language keyword.
4484e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4485e5dd7070Spatrick   CXToken_Keyword,
4486e5dd7070Spatrick 
4487e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4488e5dd7070Spatrick    * An identifier (that is not a keyword).
4489e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4490e5dd7070Spatrick   CXToken_Identifier,
4491e5dd7070Spatrick 
4492e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4493e5dd7070Spatrick    * A numeric, string, or character literal.
4494e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4495e5dd7070Spatrick   CXToken_Literal,
4496e5dd7070Spatrick 
4497e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4498e5dd7070Spatrick    * A comment.
4499e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4500e5dd7070Spatrick   CXToken_Comment
4501e5dd7070Spatrick } CXTokenKind;
4502e5dd7070Spatrick 
4503e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4504e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes a single preprocessing token.
4505e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4506e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
4507e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned int_data[4];
4508e5dd7070Spatrick   void *ptr_data;
4509e5dd7070Spatrick } CXToken;
4510e5dd7070Spatrick 
4511e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4512e5dd7070Spatrick  * Get the raw lexical token starting with the given location.
4513e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4514e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4515e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4516e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Location the source location with which the token starts.
4517e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4518e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The token starting with the given location or NULL if no such token
4519e5dd7070Spatrick  * exist. The returned pointer must be freed with clang_disposeTokens before the
4520e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation unit is destroyed.
4521e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4522e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXToken *clang_getToken(CXTranslationUnit TU,
4523e5dd7070Spatrick                                        CXSourceLocation Location);
4524e5dd7070Spatrick 
4525e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4526e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the kind of the given token.
4527e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4528e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXTokenKind clang_getTokenKind(CXToken);
4529e5dd7070Spatrick 
4530e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4531e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the spelling of the given token.
4532e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4533e5dd7070Spatrick  * The spelling of a token is the textual representation of that token, e.g.,
4534e5dd7070Spatrick  * the text of an identifier or keyword.
4535e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4536e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getTokenSpelling(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4537e5dd7070Spatrick 
4538e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4539e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the source location of the given token.
4540e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4541e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceLocation clang_getTokenLocation(CXTranslationUnit,
4542e5dd7070Spatrick                                                        CXToken);
4543e5dd7070Spatrick 
4544e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4545e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a source range that covers the given token.
4546e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4547e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXSourceRange clang_getTokenExtent(CXTranslationUnit, CXToken);
4548e5dd7070Spatrick 
4549e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4550e5dd7070Spatrick  * Tokenize the source code described by the given range into raw
4551e5dd7070Spatrick  * lexical tokens.
4552e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4553e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param TU the translation unit whose text is being tokenized.
4554e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4555e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Range the source range in which text should be tokenized. All of the
4556e5dd7070Spatrick  * tokens produced by tokenization will fall within this source range,
4557e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4558e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Tokens this pointer will be set to point to the array of tokens
4559e5dd7070Spatrick  * that occur within the given source range. The returned pointer must be
4560e5dd7070Spatrick  * freed with clang_disposeTokens() before the translation unit is destroyed.
4561e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4562e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param NumTokens will be set to the number of tokens in the \c *Tokens
4563e5dd7070Spatrick  * array.
4564e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4565e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4566e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_tokenize(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXSourceRange Range,
4567e5dd7070Spatrick                                    CXToken **Tokens, unsigned *NumTokens);
4568e5dd7070Spatrick 
4569e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4570e5dd7070Spatrick  * Annotate the given set of tokens by providing cursors for each token
4571e5dd7070Spatrick  * that can be mapped to a specific entity within the abstract syntax tree.
4572e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4573e5dd7070Spatrick  * This token-annotation routine is equivalent to invoking
4574e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_getCursor() for the source locations of each of the
4575e5dd7070Spatrick  * tokens. The cursors provided are filtered, so that only those
4576e5dd7070Spatrick  * cursors that have a direct correspondence to the token are
4577e5dd7070Spatrick  * accepted. For example, given a function call \c f(x),
4578e5dd7070Spatrick  * clang_getCursor() would provide the following cursors:
4579e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4580e5dd7070Spatrick  *   * when the cursor is over the 'f', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'f'.
4581e5dd7070Spatrick  *   * when the cursor is over the '(' or the ')', a CallExpr referring to 'f'.
4582e5dd7070Spatrick  *   * when the cursor is over the 'x', a DeclRefExpr cursor referring to 'x'.
4583e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4584e5dd7070Spatrick  * Only the first and last of these cursors will occur within the
4585e5dd7070Spatrick  * annotate, since the tokens "f" and "x' directly refer to a function
4586e5dd7070Spatrick  * and a variable, respectively, but the parentheses are just a small
4587e5dd7070Spatrick  * part of the full syntax of the function call expression, which is
4588e5dd7070Spatrick  * not provided as an annotation.
4589e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4590e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param TU the translation unit that owns the given tokens.
4591e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4592e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Tokens the set of tokens to annotate.
4593e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4594e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param NumTokens the number of tokens in \p Tokens.
4595e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4596e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Cursors an array of \p NumTokens cursors, whose contents will be
4597e5dd7070Spatrick  * replaced with the cursors corresponding to each token.
4598e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4599ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_annotateTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken *Tokens,
4600ec727ea7Spatrick                                          unsigned NumTokens, CXCursor *Cursors);
4601e5dd7070Spatrick 
4602e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4603e5dd7070Spatrick  * Free the given set of tokens.
4604e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4605ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_disposeTokens(CXTranslationUnit TU, CXToken *Tokens,
4606ec727ea7Spatrick                                         unsigned NumTokens);
4607e5dd7070Spatrick 
4608e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4609e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
4610e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4611e5dd7070Spatrick 
4612e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4613e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_DEBUG Debugging facilities
4614e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4615e5dd7070Spatrick  * These routines are used for testing and debugging, only, and should not
4616e5dd7070Spatrick  * be relied upon.
4617e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4618e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
4619e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4620e5dd7070Spatrick 
4621e5dd7070Spatrick /* for debug/testing */
4622e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCursorKindSpelling(enum CXCursorKind Kind);
4623ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getDefinitionSpellingAndExtent(
4624ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCursor, const char **startBuf, const char **endBuf, unsigned *startLine,
4625ec727ea7Spatrick     unsigned *startColumn, unsigned *endLine, unsigned *endColumn);
4626e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_enableStackTraces(void);
4627e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_executeOnThread(void (*fn)(void *), void *user_data,
4628e5dd7070Spatrick                                           unsigned stack_size);
4629e5dd7070Spatrick 
4630e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4631e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
4632e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4633e5dd7070Spatrick 
4634e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4635e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_CODE_COMPLET Code completion
4636e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4637e5dd7070Spatrick  * Code completion involves taking an (incomplete) source file, along with
4638e5dd7070Spatrick  * knowledge of where the user is actively editing that file, and suggesting
4639e5dd7070Spatrick  * syntactically- and semantically-valid constructs that the user might want to
4640e5dd7070Spatrick  * use at that particular point in the source code. These data structures and
4641e5dd7070Spatrick  * routines provide support for code completion.
4642e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4643e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
4644e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4645e5dd7070Spatrick 
4646e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4647e5dd7070Spatrick  * A semantic string that describes a code-completion result.
4648e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4649e5dd7070Spatrick  * A semantic string that describes the formatting of a code-completion
4650e5dd7070Spatrick  * result as a single "template" of text that should be inserted into the
4651e5dd7070Spatrick  * source buffer when a particular code-completion result is selected.
4652e5dd7070Spatrick  * Each semantic string is made up of some number of "chunks", each of which
4653e5dd7070Spatrick  * contains some text along with a description of what that text means, e.g.,
4654e5dd7070Spatrick  * the name of the entity being referenced, whether the text chunk is part of
4655e5dd7070Spatrick  * the template, or whether it is a "placeholder" that the user should replace
4656e5dd7070Spatrick  * with actual code,of a specific kind. See \c CXCompletionChunkKind for a
4657e5dd7070Spatrick  * description of the different kinds of chunks.
4658e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4659e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXCompletionString;
4660e5dd7070Spatrick 
4661e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4662e5dd7070Spatrick  * A single result of code completion.
4663e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4664e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
4665e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4666e5dd7070Spatrick    * The kind of entity that this completion refers to.
4667e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4668e5dd7070Spatrick    * The cursor kind will be a macro, keyword, or a declaration (one of the
4669e5dd7070Spatrick    * *Decl cursor kinds), describing the entity that the completion is
4670e5dd7070Spatrick    * referring to.
4671e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4672e5dd7070Spatrick    * \todo In the future, we would like to provide a full cursor, to allow
4673e5dd7070Spatrick    * the client to extract additional information from declaration.
4674e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4675e5dd7070Spatrick   enum CXCursorKind CursorKind;
4676e5dd7070Spatrick 
4677e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4678e5dd7070Spatrick    * The code-completion string that describes how to insert this
4679e5dd7070Spatrick    * code-completion result into the editing buffer.
4680e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4681e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionString CompletionString;
4682e5dd7070Spatrick } CXCompletionResult;
4683e5dd7070Spatrick 
4684e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4685e5dd7070Spatrick  * Describes a single piece of text within a code-completion string.
4686e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4687e5dd7070Spatrick  * Each "chunk" within a code-completion string (\c CXCompletionString) is
4688e5dd7070Spatrick  * either a piece of text with a specific "kind" that describes how that text
4689e5dd7070Spatrick  * should be interpreted by the client or is another completion string.
4690e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4691e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXCompletionChunkKind {
4692e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4693e5dd7070Spatrick    * A code-completion string that describes "optional" text that
4694e5dd7070Spatrick    * could be a part of the template (but is not required).
4695e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4696e5dd7070Spatrick    * The Optional chunk is the only kind of chunk that has a code-completion
4697e5dd7070Spatrick    * string for its representation, which is accessible via
4698e5dd7070Spatrick    * \c clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(). The code-completion string
4699e5dd7070Spatrick    * describes an additional part of the template that is completely optional.
4700e5dd7070Spatrick    * For example, optional chunks can be used to describe the placeholders for
4701e5dd7070Spatrick    * arguments that match up with defaulted function parameters, e.g. given:
4702e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4703e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
4704e5dd7070Spatrick    * void f(int x, float y = 3.14, double z = 2.71828);
4705e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
4706e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4707e5dd7070Spatrick    * The code-completion string for this function would contain:
4708e5dd7070Spatrick    *   - a TypedText chunk for "f".
4709e5dd7070Spatrick    *   - a LeftParen chunk for "(".
4710e5dd7070Spatrick    *   - a Placeholder chunk for "int x"
4711e5dd7070Spatrick    *   - an Optional chunk containing the remaining defaulted arguments, e.g.,
4712e5dd7070Spatrick    *       - a Comma chunk for ","
4713e5dd7070Spatrick    *       - a Placeholder chunk for "float y"
4714e5dd7070Spatrick    *       - an Optional chunk containing the last defaulted argument:
4715e5dd7070Spatrick    *           - a Comma chunk for ","
4716e5dd7070Spatrick    *           - a Placeholder chunk for "double z"
4717e5dd7070Spatrick    *   - a RightParen chunk for ")"
4718e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4719e5dd7070Spatrick    * There are many ways to handle Optional chunks. Two simple approaches are:
4720e5dd7070Spatrick    *   - Completely ignore optional chunks, in which case the template for the
4721e5dd7070Spatrick    *     function "f" would only include the first parameter ("int x").
4722e5dd7070Spatrick    *   - Fully expand all optional chunks, in which case the template for the
4723e5dd7070Spatrick    *     function "f" would have all of the parameters.
4724e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4725e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_Optional,
4726e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4727e5dd7070Spatrick    * Text that a user would be expected to type to get this
4728e5dd7070Spatrick    * code-completion result.
4729e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4730e5dd7070Spatrick    * There will be exactly one "typed text" chunk in a semantic string, which
4731e5dd7070Spatrick    * will typically provide the spelling of a keyword or the name of a
4732e5dd7070Spatrick    * declaration that could be used at the current code point. Clients are
4733e5dd7070Spatrick    * expected to filter the code-completion results based on the text in this
4734e5dd7070Spatrick    * chunk.
4735e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4736e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_TypedText,
4737e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4738e5dd7070Spatrick    * Text that should be inserted as part of a code-completion result.
4739e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4740e5dd7070Spatrick    * A "text" chunk represents text that is part of the template to be
4741e5dd7070Spatrick    * inserted into user code should this particular code-completion result
4742e5dd7070Spatrick    * be selected.
4743e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4744e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_Text,
4745e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4746e5dd7070Spatrick    * Placeholder text that should be replaced by the user.
4747e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4748e5dd7070Spatrick    * A "placeholder" chunk marks a place where the user should insert text
4749e5dd7070Spatrick    * into the code-completion template. For example, placeholders might mark
4750e5dd7070Spatrick    * the function parameters for a function declaration, to indicate that the
4751e5dd7070Spatrick    * user should provide arguments for each of those parameters. The actual
4752e5dd7070Spatrick    * text in a placeholder is a suggestion for the text to display before
4753e5dd7070Spatrick    * the user replaces the placeholder with real code.
4754e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4755e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_Placeholder,
4756e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4757e5dd7070Spatrick    * Informative text that should be displayed but never inserted as
4758e5dd7070Spatrick    * part of the template.
4759e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4760e5dd7070Spatrick    * An "informative" chunk contains annotations that can be displayed to
4761e5dd7070Spatrick    * help the user decide whether a particular code-completion result is the
4762e5dd7070Spatrick    * right option, but which is not part of the actual template to be inserted
4763e5dd7070Spatrick    * by code completion.
4764e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4765e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_Informative,
4766e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4767e5dd7070Spatrick    * Text that describes the current parameter when code-completion is
4768e5dd7070Spatrick    * referring to function call, message send, or template specialization.
4769e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4770e5dd7070Spatrick    * A "current parameter" chunk occurs when code-completion is providing
4771e5dd7070Spatrick    * information about a parameter corresponding to the argument at the
4772e5dd7070Spatrick    * code-completion point. For example, given a function
4773e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4774e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
4775e5dd7070Spatrick    * int add(int x, int y);
4776e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
4777e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4778e5dd7070Spatrick    * and the source code \c add(, where the code-completion point is after the
4779e5dd7070Spatrick    * "(", the code-completion string will contain a "current parameter" chunk
4780e5dd7070Spatrick    * for "int x", indicating that the current argument will initialize that
4781e5dd7070Spatrick    * parameter. After typing further, to \c add(17, (where the code-completion
4782e5dd7070Spatrick    * point is after the ","), the code-completion string will contain a
4783e5dd7070Spatrick    * "current parameter" chunk to "int y".
4784e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4785e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_CurrentParameter,
4786e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4787e5dd7070Spatrick    * A left parenthesis ('('), used to initiate a function call or
4788e5dd7070Spatrick    * signal the beginning of a function parameter list.
4789e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4790e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_LeftParen,
4791e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4792e5dd7070Spatrick    * A right parenthesis (')'), used to finish a function call or
4793e5dd7070Spatrick    * signal the end of a function parameter list.
4794e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4795e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_RightParen,
4796e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4797e5dd7070Spatrick    * A left bracket ('[').
4798e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4799e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_LeftBracket,
4800e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4801e5dd7070Spatrick    * A right bracket (']').
4802e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4803e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_RightBracket,
4804e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4805e5dd7070Spatrick    * A left brace ('{').
4806e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4807e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_LeftBrace,
4808e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4809e5dd7070Spatrick    * A right brace ('}').
4810e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4811e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_RightBrace,
4812e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4813e5dd7070Spatrick    * A left angle bracket ('<').
4814e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4815e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_LeftAngle,
4816e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4817e5dd7070Spatrick    * A right angle bracket ('>').
4818e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4819e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_RightAngle,
4820e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4821e5dd7070Spatrick    * A comma separator (',').
4822e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4823e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_Comma,
4824e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4825e5dd7070Spatrick    * Text that specifies the result type of a given result.
4826e5dd7070Spatrick    *
4827e5dd7070Spatrick    * This special kind of informative chunk is not meant to be inserted into
4828e5dd7070Spatrick    * the text buffer. Rather, it is meant to illustrate the type that an
4829e5dd7070Spatrick    * expression using the given completion string would have.
4830e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4831e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_ResultType,
4832e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4833e5dd7070Spatrick    * A colon (':').
4834e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4835e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_Colon,
4836e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4837e5dd7070Spatrick    * A semicolon (';').
4838e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4839e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_SemiColon,
4840e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4841e5dd7070Spatrick    * An '=' sign.
4842e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4843e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_Equal,
4844e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4845e5dd7070Spatrick    * Horizontal space (' ').
4846e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4847e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_HorizontalSpace,
4848e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
4849e5dd7070Spatrick    * Vertical space ('\\n'), after which it is generally a good idea to
4850e5dd7070Spatrick    * perform indentation.
4851e5dd7070Spatrick    */
4852e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionChunk_VerticalSpace
4853e5dd7070Spatrick };
4854e5dd7070Spatrick 
4855e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4856e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the kind of a particular chunk within a completion string.
4857e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4858e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4859e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4860e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4861e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4862e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the kind of the chunk at the index \c chunk_number.
4863e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4864e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXCompletionChunkKind
4865e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getCompletionChunkKind(CXCompletionString completion_string,
4866e5dd7070Spatrick                              unsigned chunk_number);
4867e5dd7070Spatrick 
4868e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4869e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the text associated with a particular chunk within a
4870e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion string.
4871e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4872e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4873e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4874e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4875e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4876e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the text associated with the chunk at index \c chunk_number.
4877e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4878ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionChunkText(
4879ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned chunk_number);
4880e5dd7070Spatrick 
4881e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4882e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the completion string associated with a particular chunk
4883e5dd7070Spatrick  * within a completion string.
4884e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4885e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4886e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4887e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param chunk_number the 0-based index of the chunk in the completion string.
4888e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4889e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the completion string associated with the chunk at index
4890e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c chunk_number.
4891e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4892ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString clang_getCompletionChunkCompletionString(
4893ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned chunk_number);
4894e5dd7070Spatrick 
4895e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4896e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the number of chunks in the given code-completion string.
4897e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4898e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4899e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getNumCompletionChunks(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4900e5dd7070Spatrick 
4901e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4902e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the priority of this code completion.
4903e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4904e5dd7070Spatrick  * The priority of a code completion indicates how likely it is that this
4905e5dd7070Spatrick  * particular completion is the completion that the user will select. The
4906e5dd7070Spatrick  * priority is selected by various internal heuristics.
4907e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4908e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
4909e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4910e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The priority of this completion string. Smaller values indicate
4911e5dd7070Spatrick  * higher-priority (more likely) completions.
4912e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4913e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4914e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getCompletionPriority(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4915e5dd7070Spatrick 
4916e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4917e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the availability of the entity that this code-completion
4918e5dd7070Spatrick  * string refers to.
4919e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4920e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_string The completion string to query.
4921e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4922e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The availability of the completion string.
4923e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4924e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE enum CXAvailabilityKind
4925e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getCompletionAvailability(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4926e5dd7070Spatrick 
4927e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4928e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the number of annotations associated with the given
4929e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion string.
4930e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4931e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4932e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4933e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the number of annotations associated with the given completion
4934e5dd7070Spatrick  * string.
4935e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4936e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
4937e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getCompletionNumAnnotations(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4938e5dd7070Spatrick 
4939e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4940e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the annotation associated with the given completion string.
4941e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4942e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_string the completion string to query.
4943e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4944e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param annotation_number the 0-based index of the annotation of the
4945e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion string.
4946e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4947e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns annotation string associated with the completion at index
4948e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c annotation_number, or a NULL string if that annotation is not available.
4949e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4950ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionAnnotation(
4951ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCompletionString completion_string, unsigned annotation_number);
4952e5dd7070Spatrick 
4953e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4954e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the parent context of the given completion string.
4955e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4956e5dd7070Spatrick  * The parent context of a completion string is the semantic parent of
4957e5dd7070Spatrick  * the declaration (if any) that the code completion represents. For example,
4958e5dd7070Spatrick  * a code completion for an Objective-C method would have the method's class
4959e5dd7070Spatrick  * or protocol as its context.
4960e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4961e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_string The code completion string whose parent is
4962e5dd7070Spatrick  * being queried.
4963e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4964e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param kind DEPRECATED: always set to CXCursor_NotImplemented if non-NULL.
4965e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4966e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The name of the completion parent, e.g., "NSObject" if
4967e5dd7070Spatrick  * the completion string represents a method in the NSObject class.
4968e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4969ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionParent(
4970ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCompletionString completion_string, enum CXCursorKind *kind);
4971e5dd7070Spatrick 
4972e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4973e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the brief documentation comment attached to the declaration
4974e5dd7070Spatrick  * that corresponds to the given completion string.
4975e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4976e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString
4977e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getCompletionBriefComment(CXCompletionString completion_string);
4978e5dd7070Spatrick 
4979e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4980e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a completion string for an arbitrary declaration or macro
4981e5dd7070Spatrick  * definition cursor.
4982e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4983e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param cursor The cursor to query.
4984e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4985e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns A non-context-sensitive completion string for declaration and macro
4986e5dd7070Spatrick  * definition cursors, or NULL for other kinds of cursors.
4987e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4988e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXCompletionString
4989e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getCursorCompletionString(CXCursor cursor);
4990e5dd7070Spatrick 
4991e5dd7070Spatrick /**
4992e5dd7070Spatrick  * Contains the results of code-completion.
4993e5dd7070Spatrick  *
4994e5dd7070Spatrick  * This data structure contains the results of code completion, as
4995e5dd7070Spatrick  * produced by \c clang_codeCompleteAt(). Its contents must be freed by
4996e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults.
4997e5dd7070Spatrick  */
4998e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
4999e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5000e5dd7070Spatrick    * The code-completion results.
5001e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5002e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionResult *Results;
5003e5dd7070Spatrick 
5004e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5005e5dd7070Spatrick    * The number of code-completion results stored in the
5006e5dd7070Spatrick    * \c Results array.
5007e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5008e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned NumResults;
5009e5dd7070Spatrick } CXCodeCompleteResults;
5010e5dd7070Spatrick 
5011e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5012e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the number of fix-its for the given completion index.
5013e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5014e5dd7070Spatrick  * Calling this makes sense only if CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts
5015e5dd7070Spatrick  * option was set.
5016e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5017e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5018e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5019e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5020e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5021e5dd7070Spatrick  * \return The number of fix-its which must be applied before the completion at
5022e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion_index can be applied
5023e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5024e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned
5025e5dd7070Spatrick clang_getCompletionNumFixIts(CXCodeCompleteResults *results,
5026e5dd7070Spatrick                              unsigned completion_index);
5027e5dd7070Spatrick 
5028e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5029e5dd7070Spatrick  * Fix-its that *must* be applied before inserting the text for the
5030e5dd7070Spatrick  * corresponding completion.
5031e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5032e5dd7070Spatrick  * By default, clang_codeCompleteAt() only returns completions with empty
5033e5dd7070Spatrick  * fix-its. Extra completions with non-empty fix-its should be explicitly
5034e5dd7070Spatrick  * requested by setting CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts.
5035e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5036e5dd7070Spatrick  * For the clients to be able to compute position of the cursor after applying
5037e5dd7070Spatrick  * fix-its, the following conditions are guaranteed to hold for
5038e5dd7070Spatrick  * replacement_range of the stored fix-its:
5039e5dd7070Spatrick  *  - Ranges in the fix-its are guaranteed to never contain the completion
5040e5dd7070Spatrick  *  point (or identifier under completion point, if any) inside them, except
5041e5dd7070Spatrick  *  at the start or at the end of the range.
5042e5dd7070Spatrick  *  - If a fix-it range starts or ends with completion point (or starts or
5043e5dd7070Spatrick  *  ends after the identifier under completion point), it will contain at
5044e5dd7070Spatrick  *  least one character. It allows to unambiguously recompute completion
5045e5dd7070Spatrick  *  point after applying the fix-it.
5046e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5047e5dd7070Spatrick  * The intuition is that provided fix-its change code around the identifier we
5048e5dd7070Spatrick  * complete, but are not allowed to touch the identifier itself or the
5049e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion point. One example of completions with corrections are the ones
5050e5dd7070Spatrick  * replacing '.' with '->' and vice versa:
5051e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5052e5dd7070Spatrick  * std::unique_ptr<std::vector<int>> vec_ptr;
5053e5dd7070Spatrick  * In 'vec_ptr.^', one of the completions is 'push_back', it requires
5054e5dd7070Spatrick  * replacing '.' with '->'.
5055e5dd7070Spatrick  * In 'vec_ptr->^', one of the completions is 'release', it requires
5056e5dd7070Spatrick  * replacing '->' with '.'.
5057e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5058e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param results The structure keeping all completion results
5059e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5060e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param completion_index The index of the completion
5061e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5062e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param fixit_index The index of the fix-it for the completion at
5063e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion_index
5064e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5065e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param replacement_range The fix-it range that must be replaced before the
5066e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion at completion_index can be applied
5067e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5068e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns The fix-it string that must replace the code at replacement_range
5069e5dd7070Spatrick  * before the completion at completion_index can be applied
5070e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5071e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getCompletionFixIt(
5072e5dd7070Spatrick     CXCodeCompleteResults *results, unsigned completion_index,
5073e5dd7070Spatrick     unsigned fixit_index, CXSourceRange *replacement_range);
5074e5dd7070Spatrick 
5075e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5076e5dd7070Spatrick  * Flags that can be passed to \c clang_codeCompleteAt() to
5077e5dd7070Spatrick  * modify its behavior.
5078e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5079e5dd7070Spatrick  * The enumerators in this enumeration can be bitwise-OR'd together to
5080e5dd7070Spatrick  * provide multiple options to \c clang_codeCompleteAt().
5081e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5082e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXCodeComplete_Flags {
5083e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5084e5dd7070Spatrick    * Whether to include macros within the set of code
5085e5dd7070Spatrick    * completions returned.
5086e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5087e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCodeComplete_IncludeMacros = 0x01,
5088e5dd7070Spatrick 
5089e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5090e5dd7070Spatrick    * Whether to include code patterns for language constructs
5091e5dd7070Spatrick    * within the set of code completions, e.g., for loops.
5092e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5093e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCodeComplete_IncludeCodePatterns = 0x02,
5094e5dd7070Spatrick 
5095e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5096e5dd7070Spatrick    * Whether to include brief documentation within the set of code
5097e5dd7070Spatrick    * completions returned.
5098e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5099e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCodeComplete_IncludeBriefComments = 0x04,
5100e5dd7070Spatrick 
5101e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5102e5dd7070Spatrick    * Whether to speed up completion by omitting top- or namespace-level entities
5103e5dd7070Spatrick    * defined in the preamble. There's no guarantee any particular entity is
5104e5dd7070Spatrick    * omitted. This may be useful if the headers are indexed externally.
5105e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5106e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCodeComplete_SkipPreamble = 0x08,
5107e5dd7070Spatrick 
5108e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5109e5dd7070Spatrick    * Whether to include completions with small
5110e5dd7070Spatrick    * fix-its, e.g. change '.' to '->' on member access, etc.
5111e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5112e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCodeComplete_IncludeCompletionsWithFixIts = 0x10
5113e5dd7070Spatrick };
5114e5dd7070Spatrick 
5115e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5116e5dd7070Spatrick  * Bits that represent the context under which completion is occurring.
5117e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5118e5dd7070Spatrick  * The enumerators in this enumeration may be bitwise-OR'd together if multiple
5119e5dd7070Spatrick  * contexts are occurring simultaneously.
5120e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5121e5dd7070Spatrick enum CXCompletionContext {
5122e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5123e5dd7070Spatrick    * The context for completions is unexposed, as only Clang results
5124e5dd7070Spatrick    * should be included. (This is equivalent to having no context bits set.)
5125e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5126e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_Unexposed = 0,
5127e5dd7070Spatrick 
5128e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5129e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for any possible type should be included in the results.
5130e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5131e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_AnyType = 1 << 0,
5132e5dd7070Spatrick 
5133e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5134e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for any possible value (variables, function calls, etc.)
5135e5dd7070Spatrick    * should be included in the results.
5136e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5137e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_AnyValue = 1 << 1,
5138e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5139e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C object should
5140e5dd7070Spatrick    * be included in the results.
5141e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5142e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCObjectValue = 1 << 2,
5143e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5144e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for values that resolve to an Objective-C selector
5145e5dd7070Spatrick    * should be included in the results.
5146e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5147e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorValue = 1 << 3,
5148e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5149e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for values that resolve to a C++ class type should be
5150e5dd7070Spatrick    * included in the results.
5151e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5152e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_CXXClassTypeValue = 1 << 4,
5153e5dd7070Spatrick 
5154e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5155e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the dot
5156e5dd7070Spatrick    * operator should be included in the results.
5157e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5158e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_DotMemberAccess = 1 << 5,
5159e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5160e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for fields of the member being accessed using the arrow
5161e5dd7070Spatrick    * operator should be included in the results.
5162e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5163e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ArrowMemberAccess = 1 << 6,
5164e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5165e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for properties of the Objective-C object being accessed
5166e5dd7070Spatrick    * using the dot operator should be included in the results.
5167e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5168e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCPropertyAccess = 1 << 7,
5169e5dd7070Spatrick 
5170e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5171e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for enum tags should be included in the results.
5172e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5173e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_EnumTag = 1 << 8,
5174e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5175e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for union tags should be included in the results.
5176e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5177e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_UnionTag = 1 << 9,
5178e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5179e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for struct tags should be included in the results.
5180e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5181e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_StructTag = 1 << 10,
5182e5dd7070Spatrick 
5183e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5184e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for C++ class names should be included in the results.
5185e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5186e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ClassTag = 1 << 11,
5187e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5188e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for C++ namespaces and namespace aliases should be
5189e5dd7070Spatrick    * included in the results.
5190e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5191e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_Namespace = 1 << 12,
5192e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5193e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for C++ nested name specifiers should be included in
5194e5dd7070Spatrick    * the results.
5195e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5196e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_NestedNameSpecifier = 1 << 13,
5197e5dd7070Spatrick 
5198e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5199e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for Objective-C interfaces (classes) should be included
5200e5dd7070Spatrick    * in the results.
5201e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5202e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCInterface = 1 << 14,
5203e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5204e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for Objective-C protocols should be included in
5205e5dd7070Spatrick    * the results.
5206e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5207e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCProtocol = 1 << 15,
5208e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5209e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for Objective-C categories should be included in
5210e5dd7070Spatrick    * the results.
5211e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5212e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCCategory = 1 << 16,
5213e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5214e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for Objective-C instance messages should be included
5215e5dd7070Spatrick    * in the results.
5216e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5217e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage = 1 << 17,
5218e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5219e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for Objective-C class messages should be included in
5220e5dd7070Spatrick    * the results.
5221e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5222e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage = 1 << 18,
5223e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5224e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for Objective-C selector names should be included in
5225e5dd7070Spatrick    * the results.
5226e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5227e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_ObjCSelectorName = 1 << 19,
5228e5dd7070Spatrick 
5229e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5230e5dd7070Spatrick    * Completions for preprocessor macro names should be included in
5231e5dd7070Spatrick    * the results.
5232e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5233e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_MacroName = 1 << 20,
5234e5dd7070Spatrick 
5235e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5236e5dd7070Spatrick    * Natural language completions should be included in the results.
5237e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5238e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_NaturalLanguage = 1 << 21,
5239e5dd7070Spatrick 
5240e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5241e5dd7070Spatrick    * #include file completions should be included in the results.
5242e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5243e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_IncludedFile = 1 << 22,
5244e5dd7070Spatrick 
5245e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5246e5dd7070Spatrick    * The current context is unknown, so set all contexts.
5247e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5248e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCompletionContext_Unknown = ((1 << 23) - 1)
5249e5dd7070Spatrick };
5250e5dd7070Spatrick 
5251e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5252e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns a default set of code-completion options that can be
5253e5dd7070Spatrick  * passed to\c clang_codeCompleteAt().
5254e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5255e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions(void);
5256e5dd7070Spatrick 
5257e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5258e5dd7070Spatrick  * Perform code completion at a given location in a translation unit.
5259e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5260e5dd7070Spatrick  * This function performs code completion at a particular file, line, and
5261e5dd7070Spatrick  * column within source code, providing results that suggest potential
5262e5dd7070Spatrick  * code snippets based on the context of the completion. The basic model
5263e5dd7070Spatrick  * for code completion is that Clang will parse a complete source file,
5264e5dd7070Spatrick  * performing syntax checking up to the location where code-completion has
5265e5dd7070Spatrick  * been requested. At that point, a special code-completion token is passed
5266e5dd7070Spatrick  * to the parser, which recognizes this token and determines, based on the
5267e5dd7070Spatrick  * current location in the C/Objective-C/C++ grammar and the state of
5268e5dd7070Spatrick  * semantic analysis, what completions to provide. These completions are
5269e5dd7070Spatrick  * returned via a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure.
5270e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5271e5dd7070Spatrick  * Code completion itself is meant to be triggered by the client when the
5272e5dd7070Spatrick  * user types punctuation characters or whitespace, at which point the
5273e5dd7070Spatrick  * code-completion location will coincide with the cursor. For example, if \c p
5274e5dd7070Spatrick  * is a pointer, code-completion might be triggered after the "-" and then
5275e5dd7070Spatrick  * after the ">" in \c p->. When the code-completion location is after the ">",
5276e5dd7070Spatrick  * the completion results will provide, e.g., the members of the struct that
5277e5dd7070Spatrick  * "p" points to. The client is responsible for placing the cursor at the
5278e5dd7070Spatrick  * beginning of the token currently being typed, then filtering the results
5279e5dd7070Spatrick  * based on the contents of the token. For example, when code-completing for
5280e5dd7070Spatrick  * the expression \c p->get, the client should provide the location just after
5281e5dd7070Spatrick  * the ">" (e.g., pointing at the "g") to this code-completion hook. Then, the
5282e5dd7070Spatrick  * client can filter the results based on the current token text ("get"), only
5283e5dd7070Spatrick  * showing those results that start with "get". The intent of this interface
5284e5dd7070Spatrick  * is to separate the relatively high-latency acquisition of code-completion
5285e5dd7070Spatrick  * results from the filtering of results on a per-character basis, which must
5286e5dd7070Spatrick  * have a lower latency.
5287e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5288e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param TU The translation unit in which code-completion should
5289e5dd7070Spatrick  * occur. The source files for this translation unit need not be
5290e5dd7070Spatrick  * completely up-to-date (and the contents of those source files may
5291e5dd7070Spatrick  * be overridden via \p unsaved_files). Cursors referring into the
5292e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation unit may be invalidated by this invocation.
5293e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5294e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param complete_filename The name of the source file where code
5295e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion should be performed. This filename may be any file
5296e5dd7070Spatrick  * included in the translation unit.
5297e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5298e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param complete_line The line at which code-completion should occur.
5299e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5300e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param complete_column The column at which code-completion should occur.
5301e5dd7070Spatrick  * Note that the column should point just after the syntactic construct that
5302e5dd7070Spatrick  * initiated code completion, and not in the middle of a lexical token.
5303e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5304e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param unsaved_files the Files that have not yet been saved to disk
5305e5dd7070Spatrick  * but may be required for parsing or code completion, including the
5306e5dd7070Spatrick  * contents of those files.  The contents and name of these files (as
5307e5dd7070Spatrick  * specified by CXUnsavedFile) are copied when necessary, so the
5308e5dd7070Spatrick  * client only needs to guarantee their validity until the call to
5309e5dd7070Spatrick  * this function returns.
5310e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5311e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param num_unsaved_files The number of unsaved file entries in \p
5312e5dd7070Spatrick  * unsaved_files.
5313e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5314e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param options Extra options that control the behavior of code
5315e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion, expressed as a bitwise OR of the enumerators of the
5316e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXCodeComplete_Flags enumeration. The
5317e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_defaultCodeCompleteOptions() function returns a default set
5318e5dd7070Spatrick  * of code-completion options.
5319e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5320e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns If successful, a new \c CXCodeCompleteResults structure
5321e5dd7070Spatrick  * containing code-completion results, which should eventually be
5322e5dd7070Spatrick  * freed with \c clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(). If code
5323e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion fails, returns NULL.
5324e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5325e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5326ec727ea7Spatrick CXCodeCompleteResults *
5327ec727ea7Spatrick clang_codeCompleteAt(CXTranslationUnit TU, const char *complete_filename,
5328ec727ea7Spatrick                      unsigned complete_line, unsigned complete_column,
5329e5dd7070Spatrick                      struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
5330ec727ea7Spatrick                      unsigned num_unsaved_files, unsigned options);
5331e5dd7070Spatrick 
5332e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5333e5dd7070Spatrick  * Sort the code-completion results in case-insensitive alphabetical
5334e5dd7070Spatrick  * order.
5335e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5336e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Results The set of results to sort.
5337e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param NumResults The number of results in \p Results.
5338e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5339e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5340e5dd7070Spatrick void clang_sortCodeCompletionResults(CXCompletionResult *Results,
5341e5dd7070Spatrick                                      unsigned NumResults);
5342e5dd7070Spatrick 
5343e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5344e5dd7070Spatrick  * Free the given set of code-completion results.
5345e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5346e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5347e5dd7070Spatrick void clang_disposeCodeCompleteResults(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5348e5dd7070Spatrick 
5349e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5350e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the number of diagnostics produced prior to the
5351e5dd7070Spatrick  * location where code completion was performed.
5352e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5353e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5354e5dd7070Spatrick unsigned clang_codeCompleteGetNumDiagnostics(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5355e5dd7070Spatrick 
5356e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5357e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a diagnostic associated with the given code completion.
5358e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5359e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Results the code completion results to query.
5360e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Index the zero-based diagnostic number to retrieve.
5361e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5362e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the requested diagnostic. This diagnostic must be freed
5363e5dd7070Spatrick  * via a call to \c clang_disposeDiagnostic().
5364e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5365e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5366e5dd7070Spatrick CXDiagnostic clang_codeCompleteGetDiagnostic(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5367e5dd7070Spatrick                                              unsigned Index);
5368e5dd7070Spatrick 
5369e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5370e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determines what completions are appropriate for the context
5371e5dd7070Spatrick  * the given code completion.
5372e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5373e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Results the code completion results to query
5374e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5375e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the kinds of completions that are appropriate for use
5376e5dd7070Spatrick  * along with the given code completion results.
5377e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5378e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5379ec727ea7Spatrick unsigned long long
5380ec727ea7Spatrick clang_codeCompleteGetContexts(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5381e5dd7070Spatrick 
5382e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5383e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the cursor kind for the container for the current code
5384e5dd7070Spatrick  * completion context. The container is only guaranteed to be set for
5385e5dd7070Spatrick  * contexts where a container exists (i.e. member accesses or Objective-C
5386e5dd7070Spatrick  * message sends); if there is not a container, this function will return
5387e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXCursor_InvalidCode.
5388e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5389e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Results the code completion results to query
5390e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5391e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param IsIncomplete on return, this value will be false if Clang has complete
5392e5dd7070Spatrick  * information about the container. If Clang does not have complete
5393e5dd7070Spatrick  * information, this value will be true.
5394e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5395e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the container kind, or CXCursor_InvalidCode if there is not a
5396e5dd7070Spatrick  * container
5397e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5398e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5399ec727ea7Spatrick enum CXCursorKind
5400ec727ea7Spatrick clang_codeCompleteGetContainerKind(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results,
5401e5dd7070Spatrick                                    unsigned *IsIncomplete);
5402e5dd7070Spatrick 
5403e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5404e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the USR for the container for the current code completion
5405e5dd7070Spatrick  * context. If there is not a container for the current context, this
5406e5dd7070Spatrick  * function will return the empty string.
5407e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5408e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Results the code completion results to query
5409e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5410e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the USR for the container
5411e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5412e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5413e5dd7070Spatrick CXString clang_codeCompleteGetContainerUSR(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5414e5dd7070Spatrick 
5415e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5416e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the currently-entered selector for an Objective-C message
5417e5dd7070Spatrick  * send, formatted like "initWithFoo:bar:". Only guaranteed to return a
5418e5dd7070Spatrick  * non-empty string for CXCompletionContext_ObjCInstanceMessage and
5419e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXCompletionContext_ObjCClassMessage.
5420e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5421e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param Results the code completion results to query
5422e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5423e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the selector (or partial selector) that has been entered thus far
5424e5dd7070Spatrick  * for an Objective-C message send.
5425e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5426e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5427e5dd7070Spatrick CXString clang_codeCompleteGetObjCSelector(CXCodeCompleteResults *Results);
5428e5dd7070Spatrick 
5429e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5430e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
5431e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5432e5dd7070Spatrick 
5433e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5434e5dd7070Spatrick  * \defgroup CINDEX_MISC Miscellaneous utility functions
5435e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5436e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
5437e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5438e5dd7070Spatrick 
5439e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5440e5dd7070Spatrick  * Return a version string, suitable for showing to a user, but not
5441e5dd7070Spatrick  *        intended to be parsed (the format is not guaranteed to be stable).
5442e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5443e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXString clang_getClangVersion(void);
5444e5dd7070Spatrick 
5445e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5446e5dd7070Spatrick  * Enable/disable crash recovery.
5447e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5448e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param isEnabled Flag to indicate if crash recovery is enabled.  A non-zero
5449e5dd7070Spatrick  *        value enables crash recovery, while 0 disables it.
5450e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5451e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_toggleCrashRecovery(unsigned isEnabled);
5452e5dd7070Spatrick 
5453e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5454e5dd7070Spatrick  * Visitor invoked for each file in a translation unit
5455e5dd7070Spatrick  *        (used with clang_getInclusions()).
5456e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5457e5dd7070Spatrick  * This visitor function will be invoked by clang_getInclusions() for each
5458e5dd7070Spatrick  * file included (either at the top-level or by \#include directives) within
5459e5dd7070Spatrick  * a translation unit.  The first argument is the file being included, and
5460e5dd7070Spatrick  * the second and third arguments provide the inclusion stack.  The
5461e5dd7070Spatrick  * array is sorted in order of immediate inclusion.  For example,
5462e5dd7070Spatrick  * the first element refers to the location that included 'included_file'.
5463e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5464e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void (*CXInclusionVisitor)(CXFile included_file,
5465e5dd7070Spatrick                                    CXSourceLocation *inclusion_stack,
5466e5dd7070Spatrick                                    unsigned include_len,
5467e5dd7070Spatrick                                    CXClientData client_data);
5468e5dd7070Spatrick 
5469e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5470e5dd7070Spatrick  * Visit the set of preprocessor inclusions in a translation unit.
5471e5dd7070Spatrick  *   The visitor function is called with the provided data for every included
5472e5dd7070Spatrick  *   file.  This does not include headers included by the PCH file (unless one
5473e5dd7070Spatrick  *   is inspecting the inclusions in the PCH file itself).
5474e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5475e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_getInclusions(CXTranslationUnit tu,
5476e5dd7070Spatrick                                         CXInclusionVisitor visitor,
5477e5dd7070Spatrick                                         CXClientData client_data);
5478e5dd7070Spatrick 
5479e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5480e5dd7070Spatrick   CXEval_Int = 1,
5481e5dd7070Spatrick   CXEval_Float = 2,
5482e5dd7070Spatrick   CXEval_ObjCStrLiteral = 3,
5483e5dd7070Spatrick   CXEval_StrLiteral = 4,
5484e5dd7070Spatrick   CXEval_CFStr = 5,
5485e5dd7070Spatrick   CXEval_Other = 6,
5486e5dd7070Spatrick 
5487e5dd7070Spatrick   CXEval_UnExposed = 0
5488e5dd7070Spatrick 
5489e5dd7070Spatrick } CXEvalResultKind;
5490e5dd7070Spatrick 
5491e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5492e5dd7070Spatrick  * Evaluation result of a cursor
5493e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5494e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXEvalResult;
5495e5dd7070Spatrick 
5496e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5497e5dd7070Spatrick  * If cursor is a statement declaration tries to evaluate the
5498e5dd7070Spatrick  * statement and if its variable, tries to evaluate its initializer,
5499e5dd7070Spatrick  * into its corresponding type.
5500ec727ea7Spatrick  * If it's an expression, tries to evaluate the expression.
5501e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5502e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResult clang_Cursor_Evaluate(CXCursor C);
5503e5dd7070Spatrick 
5504e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5505e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the kind of the evaluated result.
5506e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5507e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXEvalResultKind clang_EvalResult_getKind(CXEvalResult E);
5508e5dd7070Spatrick 
5509e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5510e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the evaluation result as integer if the
5511e5dd7070Spatrick  * kind is Int.
5512e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5513e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_EvalResult_getAsInt(CXEvalResult E);
5514e5dd7070Spatrick 
5515e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5516e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the evaluation result as a long long integer if the
5517e5dd7070Spatrick  * kind is Int. This prevents overflows that may happen if the result is
5518e5dd7070Spatrick  * returned with clang_EvalResult_getAsInt.
5519e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5520e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE long long clang_EvalResult_getAsLongLong(CXEvalResult E);
5521e5dd7070Spatrick 
5522e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5523e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns a non-zero value if the kind is Int and the evaluation
5524e5dd7070Spatrick  * result resulted in an unsigned integer.
5525e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5526e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt(CXEvalResult E);
5527e5dd7070Spatrick 
5528e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5529e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the evaluation result as an unsigned integer if
5530e5dd7070Spatrick  * the kind is Int and clang_EvalResult_isUnsignedInt is non-zero.
5531e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5532ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned long long
5533ec727ea7Spatrick clang_EvalResult_getAsUnsigned(CXEvalResult E);
5534e5dd7070Spatrick 
5535e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5536e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the evaluation result as double if the
5537e5dd7070Spatrick  * kind is double.
5538e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5539e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE double clang_EvalResult_getAsDouble(CXEvalResult E);
5540e5dd7070Spatrick 
5541e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5542e5dd7070Spatrick  * Returns the evaluation result as a constant string if the
5543e5dd7070Spatrick  * kind is other than Int or float. User must not free this pointer,
5544e5dd7070Spatrick  * instead call clang_EvalResult_dispose on the CXEvalResult returned
5545e5dd7070Spatrick  * by clang_Cursor_Evaluate.
5546e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5547e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE const char *clang_EvalResult_getAsStr(CXEvalResult E);
5548e5dd7070Spatrick 
5549e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5550e5dd7070Spatrick  * Disposes the created Eval memory.
5551e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5552e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_EvalResult_dispose(CXEvalResult E);
5553e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5554e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
5555e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5556e5dd7070Spatrick 
5557e5dd7070Spatrick /** \defgroup CINDEX_REMAPPING Remapping functions
5558e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5559e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
5560e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5561e5dd7070Spatrick 
5562e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5563e5dd7070Spatrick  * A remapping of original source files and their translated files.
5564e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5565e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXRemapping;
5566e5dd7070Spatrick 
5567e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5568e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a remapping.
5569e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5570e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param path the path that contains metadata about remappings.
5571e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5572e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5573e5dd7070Spatrick  * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5574e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5575e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXRemapping clang_getRemappings(const char *path);
5576e5dd7070Spatrick 
5577e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5578e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve a remapping.
5579e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5580e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param filePaths pointer to an array of file paths containing remapping info.
5581e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5582e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param numFiles number of file paths.
5583e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5584e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns the requested remapping. This remapping must be freed
5585e5dd7070Spatrick  * via a call to \c clang_remap_dispose(). Can return NULL if an error occurred.
5586e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5587e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5588e5dd7070Spatrick CXRemapping clang_getRemappingsFromFileList(const char **filePaths,
5589e5dd7070Spatrick                                             unsigned numFiles);
5590e5dd7070Spatrick 
5591e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5592e5dd7070Spatrick  * Determine the number of remappings.
5593e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5594e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_remap_getNumFiles(CXRemapping);
5595e5dd7070Spatrick 
5596e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5597e5dd7070Spatrick  * Get the original and the associated filename from the remapping.
5598e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5599e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param original If non-NULL, will be set to the original filename.
5600e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5601e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param transformed If non-NULL, will be set to the filename that the original
5602e5dd7070Spatrick  * is associated with.
5603e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5604e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_getFilenames(CXRemapping, unsigned index,
5605ec727ea7Spatrick                                              CXString *original,
5606ec727ea7Spatrick                                              CXString *transformed);
5607e5dd7070Spatrick 
5608e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5609e5dd7070Spatrick  * Dispose the remapping.
5610e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5611e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_remap_dispose(CXRemapping);
5612e5dd7070Spatrick 
5613e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5614e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
5615e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5616e5dd7070Spatrick 
5617e5dd7070Spatrick /** \defgroup CINDEX_HIGH Higher level API functions
5618e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5619e5dd7070Spatrick  * @{
5620e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5621e5dd7070Spatrick 
5622ec727ea7Spatrick enum CXVisitorResult { CXVisit_Break, CXVisit_Continue };
5623e5dd7070Spatrick 
5624e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct CXCursorAndRangeVisitor {
5625e5dd7070Spatrick   void *context;
5626e5dd7070Spatrick   enum CXVisitorResult (*visit)(void *context, CXCursor, CXSourceRange);
5627e5dd7070Spatrick } CXCursorAndRangeVisitor;
5628e5dd7070Spatrick 
5629e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5630e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5631e5dd7070Spatrick    * Function returned successfully.
5632e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5633e5dd7070Spatrick   CXResult_Success = 0,
5634e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5635e5dd7070Spatrick    * One of the parameters was invalid for the function.
5636e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5637e5dd7070Spatrick   CXResult_Invalid = 1,
5638e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5639e5dd7070Spatrick    * The function was terminated by a callback (e.g. it returned
5640e5dd7070Spatrick    * CXVisit_Break)
5641e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5642e5dd7070Spatrick   CXResult_VisitBreak = 2
5643e5dd7070Spatrick 
5644e5dd7070Spatrick } CXResult;
5645e5dd7070Spatrick 
5646e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5647e5dd7070Spatrick  * Find references of a declaration in a specific file.
5648e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5649e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param cursor pointing to a declaration or a reference of one.
5650e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5651e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param file to search for references.
5652e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5653e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
5654e5dd7070Spatrick  * each reference found.
5655e5dd7070Spatrick  * The CXSourceRange will point inside the file; if the reference is inside
5656e5dd7070Spatrick  * a macro (and not a macro argument) the CXSourceRange will be invalid.
5657e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5658e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
5659e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5660ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findReferencesInFile(
5661ec727ea7Spatrick     CXCursor cursor, CXFile file, CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
5662e5dd7070Spatrick 
5663e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5664e5dd7070Spatrick  * Find #import/#include directives in a specific file.
5665e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5666e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param TU translation unit containing the file to query.
5667e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5668e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param file to search for #import/#include directives.
5669e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5670e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param visitor callback that will receive pairs of CXCursor/CXSourceRange for
5671e5dd7070Spatrick  * each directive found.
5672e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5673e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns one of the CXResult enumerators.
5674e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5675ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXResult clang_findIncludesInFile(
5676ec727ea7Spatrick     CXTranslationUnit TU, CXFile file, CXCursorAndRangeVisitor visitor);
5677e5dd7070Spatrick 
5678e5dd7070Spatrick #ifdef __has_feature
5679e5dd7070Spatrick #if __has_feature(blocks)
5680e5dd7070Spatrick 
5681ec727ea7Spatrick typedef enum CXVisitorResult (^CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock)(CXCursor,
5682ec727ea7Spatrick                                                              CXSourceRange);
5683e5dd7070Spatrick 
5684e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5685e5dd7070Spatrick CXResult clang_findReferencesInFileWithBlock(CXCursor, CXFile,
5686e5dd7070Spatrick                                              CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
5687e5dd7070Spatrick 
5688e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
5689e5dd7070Spatrick CXResult clang_findIncludesInFileWithBlock(CXTranslationUnit, CXFile,
5690e5dd7070Spatrick                                            CXCursorAndRangeVisitorBlock);
5691e5dd7070Spatrick 
5692e5dd7070Spatrick #endif
5693e5dd7070Spatrick #endif
5694e5dd7070Spatrick 
5695e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5696e5dd7070Spatrick  * The client's data object that is associated with a CXFile.
5697e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5698e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXIdxClientFile;
5699e5dd7070Spatrick 
5700e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5701e5dd7070Spatrick  * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic entity.
5702e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5703e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXIdxClientEntity;
5704e5dd7070Spatrick 
5705e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5706e5dd7070Spatrick  * The client's data object that is associated with a semantic container
5707e5dd7070Spatrick  * of entities.
5708e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5709e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXIdxClientContainer;
5710e5dd7070Spatrick 
5711e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5712e5dd7070Spatrick  * The client's data object that is associated with an AST file (PCH
5713e5dd7070Spatrick  * or module).
5714e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5715e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXIdxClientASTFile;
5716e5dd7070Spatrick 
5717e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5718e5dd7070Spatrick  * Source location passed to index callbacks.
5719e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5720e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5721e5dd7070Spatrick   void *ptr_data[2];
5722e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned int_data;
5723e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxLoc;
5724e5dd7070Spatrick 
5725e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5726e5dd7070Spatrick  * Data for ppIncludedFile callback.
5727e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5728e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5729e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5730e5dd7070Spatrick    * Location of '#' in the \#include/\#import directive.
5731e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5732e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc hashLoc;
5733e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5734e5dd7070Spatrick    * Filename as written in the \#include/\#import directive.
5735e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5736e5dd7070Spatrick   const char *filename;
5737e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5738e5dd7070Spatrick    * The actual file that the \#include/\#import directive resolved to.
5739e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5740e5dd7070Spatrick   CXFile file;
5741e5dd7070Spatrick   int isImport;
5742e5dd7070Spatrick   int isAngled;
5743e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5744e5dd7070Spatrick    * Non-zero if the directive was automatically turned into a module
5745e5dd7070Spatrick    * import.
5746e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5747e5dd7070Spatrick   int isModuleImport;
5748e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxIncludedFileInfo;
5749e5dd7070Spatrick 
5750e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5751e5dd7070Spatrick  * Data for IndexerCallbacks#importedASTFile.
5752e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5753e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5754e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5755e5dd7070Spatrick    * Top level AST file containing the imported PCH, module or submodule.
5756e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5757e5dd7070Spatrick   CXFile file;
5758e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5759e5dd7070Spatrick    * The imported module or NULL if the AST file is a PCH.
5760e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5761e5dd7070Spatrick   CXModule module;
5762e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5763e5dd7070Spatrick    * Location where the file is imported. Applicable only for modules.
5764e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5765e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc loc;
5766e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5767e5dd7070Spatrick    * Non-zero if an inclusion directive was automatically turned into
5768e5dd7070Spatrick    * a module import. Applicable only for modules.
5769e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5770e5dd7070Spatrick   int isImplicit;
5771e5dd7070Spatrick 
5772e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo;
5773e5dd7070Spatrick 
5774e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5775e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Unexposed = 0,
5776e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Typedef = 1,
5777e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Function = 2,
5778e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Variable = 3,
5779e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Field = 4,
5780e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_EnumConstant = 5,
5781e5dd7070Spatrick 
5782e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_ObjCClass = 6,
5783e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_ObjCProtocol = 7,
5784e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_ObjCCategory = 8,
5785e5dd7070Spatrick 
5786e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_ObjCInstanceMethod = 9,
5787e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_ObjCClassMethod = 10,
5788e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_ObjCProperty = 11,
5789e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_ObjCIvar = 12,
5790e5dd7070Spatrick 
5791e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Enum = 13,
5792e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Struct = 14,
5793e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Union = 15,
5794e5dd7070Spatrick 
5795e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXClass = 16,
5796e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespace = 17,
5797e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXNamespaceAlias = 18,
5798e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticVariable = 19,
5799e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod = 20,
5800e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod = 21,
5801e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor = 22,
5802e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXDestructor = 23,
5803e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction = 24,
5804e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias = 25,
5805*12c85518Srobert   CXIdxEntity_CXXInterface = 26,
5806*12c85518Srobert   CXIdxEntity_CXXConcept = 27
5807e5dd7070Spatrick 
5808e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxEntityKind;
5809e5dd7070Spatrick 
5810e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5811e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityLang_None = 0,
5812e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityLang_C = 1,
5813e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityLang_ObjC = 2,
5814e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityLang_CXX = 3,
5815e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityLang_Swift = 4
5816e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxEntityLanguage;
5817e5dd7070Spatrick 
5818e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5819e5dd7070Spatrick  * Extra C++ template information for an entity. This can apply to:
5820e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXIdxEntity_Function
5821e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXIdxEntity_CXXClass
5822e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXIdxEntity_CXXStaticMethod
5823e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXIdxEntity_CXXInstanceMethod
5824e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXIdxEntity_CXXConstructor
5825e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXIdxEntity_CXXConversionFunction
5826e5dd7070Spatrick  * CXIdxEntity_CXXTypeAlias
5827e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5828e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5829e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_NonTemplate = 0,
5830e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_Template = 1,
5831e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_TemplatePartialSpecialization = 2,
5832e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntity_TemplateSpecialization = 3
5833e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind;
5834e5dd7070Spatrick 
5835e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5836e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxAttr_Unexposed = 0,
5837e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxAttr_IBAction = 1,
5838e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxAttr_IBOutlet = 2,
5839e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxAttr_IBOutletCollection = 3
5840e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxAttrKind;
5841e5dd7070Spatrick 
5842e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5843e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxAttrKind kind;
5844e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor cursor;
5845e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc loc;
5846e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxAttrInfo;
5847e5dd7070Spatrick 
5848e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5849e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityKind kind;
5850e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityCXXTemplateKind templateKind;
5851e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityLanguage lang;
5852e5dd7070Spatrick   const char *name;
5853e5dd7070Spatrick   const char *USR;
5854e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor cursor;
5855e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
5856e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned numAttributes;
5857e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxEntityInfo;
5858e5dd7070Spatrick 
5859e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5860e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor cursor;
5861e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxContainerInfo;
5862e5dd7070Spatrick 
5863e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5864e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxAttrInfo *attrInfo;
5865e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
5866e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor classCursor;
5867e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc classLoc;
5868e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo;
5869e5dd7070Spatrick 
5870ec727ea7Spatrick typedef enum { CXIdxDeclFlag_Skipped = 0x1 } CXIdxDeclInfoFlags;
5871e5dd7070Spatrick 
5872e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5873e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *entityInfo;
5874e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor cursor;
5875e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc loc;
5876e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxContainerInfo *semanticContainer;
5877e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5878e5dd7070Spatrick    * Generally same as #semanticContainer but can be different in
5879e5dd7070Spatrick    * cases like out-of-line C++ member functions.
5880e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5881e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxContainerInfo *lexicalContainer;
5882e5dd7070Spatrick   int isRedeclaration;
5883e5dd7070Spatrick   int isDefinition;
5884e5dd7070Spatrick   int isContainer;
5885e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxContainerInfo *declAsContainer;
5886e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5887e5dd7070Spatrick    * Whether the declaration exists in code or was created implicitly
5888e5dd7070Spatrick    * by the compiler, e.g. implicit Objective-C methods for properties.
5889e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5890e5dd7070Spatrick   int isImplicit;
5891e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxAttrInfo *const *attributes;
5892e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned numAttributes;
5893e5dd7070Spatrick 
5894e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned flags;
5895e5dd7070Spatrick 
5896e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxDeclInfo;
5897e5dd7070Spatrick 
5898e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5899e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxObjCContainer_ForwardRef = 0,
5900e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxObjCContainer_Interface = 1,
5901e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxObjCContainer_Implementation = 2
5902e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxObjCContainerKind;
5903e5dd7070Spatrick 
5904e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5905e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5906e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxObjCContainerKind kind;
5907e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo;
5908e5dd7070Spatrick 
5909e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5910e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *base;
5911e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor cursor;
5912e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc loc;
5913e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxBaseClassInfo;
5914e5dd7070Spatrick 
5915e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5916e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *protocol;
5917e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor cursor;
5918e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc loc;
5919e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo;
5920e5dd7070Spatrick 
5921e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5922e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefInfo *const *protocols;
5923e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned numProtocols;
5924e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo;
5925e5dd7070Spatrick 
5926e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5927e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
5928e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *superInfo;
5929e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
5930e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo;
5931e5dd7070Spatrick 
5932e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5933e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *containerInfo;
5934e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *objcClass;
5935e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor classCursor;
5936e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc classLoc;
5937e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *protocols;
5938e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo;
5939e5dd7070Spatrick 
5940e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5941e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5942e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *getter;
5943e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *setter;
5944e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo;
5945e5dd7070Spatrick 
5946e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5947e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxDeclInfo *declInfo;
5948e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxBaseClassInfo *const *bases;
5949e5dd7070Spatrick   unsigned numBases;
5950e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo;
5951e5dd7070Spatrick 
5952e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5953e5dd7070Spatrick  * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
5954e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5955e5dd7070Spatrick  * This may be deprecated in a future version as this duplicates
5956e5dd7070Spatrick  * the \c CXSymbolRole_Implicit bit in \c CXSymbolRole.
5957e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5958e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5959e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5960e5dd7070Spatrick    * The entity is referenced directly in user's code.
5961e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5962e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityRef_Direct = 1,
5963e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5964e5dd7070Spatrick    * An implicit reference, e.g. a reference of an Objective-C method
5965e5dd7070Spatrick    * via the dot syntax.
5966e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5967e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityRef_Implicit = 2
5968e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxEntityRefKind;
5969e5dd7070Spatrick 
5970e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5971e5dd7070Spatrick  * Roles that are attributed to symbol occurrences.
5972e5dd7070Spatrick  *
5973e5dd7070Spatrick  * Internal: this currently mirrors low 9 bits of clang::index::SymbolRole with
5974e5dd7070Spatrick  * higher bits zeroed. These high bits may be exposed in the future.
5975e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5976e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
5977e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_None = 0,
5978e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_Declaration = 1 << 0,
5979e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_Definition = 1 << 1,
5980e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_Reference = 1 << 2,
5981e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_Read = 1 << 3,
5982e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_Write = 1 << 4,
5983e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_Call = 1 << 5,
5984e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_Dynamic = 1 << 6,
5985e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_AddressOf = 1 << 7,
5986e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole_Implicit = 1 << 8
5987e5dd7070Spatrick } CXSymbolRole;
5988e5dd7070Spatrick 
5989e5dd7070Spatrick /**
5990e5dd7070Spatrick  * Data for IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference.
5991e5dd7070Spatrick  */
5992e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
5993e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxEntityRefKind kind;
5994e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
5995e5dd7070Spatrick    * Reference cursor.
5996e5dd7070Spatrick    */
5997e5dd7070Spatrick   CXCursor cursor;
5998e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxLoc loc;
5999e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6000e5dd7070Spatrick    * The entity that gets referenced.
6001e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6002e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *referencedEntity;
6003e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6004e5dd7070Spatrick    * Immediate "parent" of the reference. For example:
6005e5dd7070Spatrick    *
6006e5dd7070Spatrick    * \code
6007e5dd7070Spatrick    * Foo *var;
6008e5dd7070Spatrick    * \endcode
6009e5dd7070Spatrick    *
6010e5dd7070Spatrick    * The parent of reference of type 'Foo' is the variable 'var'.
6011e5dd7070Spatrick    * For references inside statement bodies of functions/methods,
6012e5dd7070Spatrick    * the parentEntity will be the function/method.
6013e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6014e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxEntityInfo *parentEntity;
6015e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6016e5dd7070Spatrick    * Lexical container context of the reference.
6017e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6018e5dd7070Spatrick   const CXIdxContainerInfo *container;
6019e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6020e5dd7070Spatrick    * Sets of symbol roles of the reference.
6021e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6022e5dd7070Spatrick   CXSymbolRole role;
6023e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIdxEntityRefInfo;
6024e5dd7070Spatrick 
6025e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6026e5dd7070Spatrick  * A group of callbacks used by #clang_indexSourceFile and
6027e5dd7070Spatrick  * #clang_indexTranslationUnit.
6028e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6029e5dd7070Spatrick typedef struct {
6030e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6031e5dd7070Spatrick    * Called periodically to check whether indexing should be aborted.
6032e5dd7070Spatrick    * Should return 0 to continue, and non-zero to abort.
6033e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6034e5dd7070Spatrick   int (*abortQuery)(CXClientData client_data, void *reserved);
6035e5dd7070Spatrick 
6036e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6037e5dd7070Spatrick    * Called at the end of indexing; passes the complete diagnostic set.
6038e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6039ec727ea7Spatrick   void (*diagnostic)(CXClientData client_data, CXDiagnosticSet, void *reserved);
6040e5dd7070Spatrick 
6041ec727ea7Spatrick   CXIdxClientFile (*enteredMainFile)(CXClientData client_data, CXFile mainFile,
6042ec727ea7Spatrick                                      void *reserved);
6043e5dd7070Spatrick 
6044e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6045e5dd7070Spatrick    * Called when a file gets \#included/\#imported.
6046e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6047e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxClientFile (*ppIncludedFile)(CXClientData client_data,
6048e5dd7070Spatrick                                     const CXIdxIncludedFileInfo *);
6049e5dd7070Spatrick 
6050e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6051e5dd7070Spatrick    * Called when a AST file (PCH or module) gets imported.
6052e5dd7070Spatrick    *
6053e5dd7070Spatrick    * AST files will not get indexed (there will not be callbacks to index all
6054e5dd7070Spatrick    * the entities in an AST file). The recommended action is that, if the AST
6055e5dd7070Spatrick    * file is not already indexed, to initiate a new indexing job specific to
6056e5dd7070Spatrick    * the AST file.
6057e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6058e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxClientASTFile (*importedASTFile)(CXClientData client_data,
6059e5dd7070Spatrick                                         const CXIdxImportedASTFileInfo *);
6060e5dd7070Spatrick 
6061e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6062e5dd7070Spatrick    * Called at the beginning of indexing a translation unit.
6063e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6064e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIdxClientContainer (*startedTranslationUnit)(CXClientData client_data,
6065e5dd7070Spatrick                                                  void *reserved);
6066e5dd7070Spatrick 
6067ec727ea7Spatrick   void (*indexDeclaration)(CXClientData client_data, const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6068e5dd7070Spatrick 
6069e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6070e5dd7070Spatrick    * Called to index a reference of an entity.
6071e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6072e5dd7070Spatrick   void (*indexEntityReference)(CXClientData client_data,
6073e5dd7070Spatrick                                const CXIdxEntityRefInfo *);
6074e5dd7070Spatrick 
6075e5dd7070Spatrick } IndexerCallbacks;
6076e5dd7070Spatrick 
6077e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_index_isEntityObjCContainerKind(CXIdxEntityKind);
6078e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCContainerDeclInfo *
6079e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getObjCContainerDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6080e5dd7070Spatrick 
6081e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCInterfaceDeclInfo *
6082e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getObjCInterfaceDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6083e5dd7070Spatrick 
6084e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
6085e5dd7070Spatrick const CXIdxObjCCategoryDeclInfo *
6086e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getObjCCategoryDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6087e5dd7070Spatrick 
6088e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCProtocolRefListInfo *
6089e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getObjCProtocolRefListInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6090e5dd7070Spatrick 
6091e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxObjCPropertyDeclInfo *
6092e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getObjCPropertyDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6093e5dd7070Spatrick 
6094e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo *
6095e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getIBOutletCollectionAttrInfo(const CXIdxAttrInfo *);
6096e5dd7070Spatrick 
6097e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE const CXIdxCXXClassDeclInfo *
6098e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getCXXClassDeclInfo(const CXIdxDeclInfo *);
6099e5dd7070Spatrick 
6100e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6101e5dd7070Spatrick  * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
6102e5dd7070Spatrick  * container.
6103e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6104e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientContainer
6105e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *);
6106e5dd7070Spatrick 
6107e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6108e5dd7070Spatrick  * For setting a custom CXIdxClientContainer attached to a
6109e5dd7070Spatrick  * container.
6110e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6111ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_index_setClientContainer(const CXIdxContainerInfo *,
6112ec727ea7Spatrick                                                    CXIdxClientContainer);
6113e5dd7070Spatrick 
6114e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6115e5dd7070Spatrick  * For retrieving a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
6116e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6117e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIdxClientEntity
6118e5dd7070Spatrick clang_index_getClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *);
6119e5dd7070Spatrick 
6120e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6121e5dd7070Spatrick  * For setting a custom CXIdxClientEntity attached to an entity.
6122e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6123ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_index_setClientEntity(const CXIdxEntityInfo *,
6124ec727ea7Spatrick                                                 CXIdxClientEntity);
6125e5dd7070Spatrick 
6126e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6127e5dd7070Spatrick  * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
6128e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation units.
6129e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6130e5dd7070Spatrick typedef void *CXIndexAction;
6131e5dd7070Spatrick 
6132e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6133e5dd7070Spatrick  * An indexing action/session, to be applied to one or multiple
6134e5dd7070Spatrick  * translation units.
6135e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6136e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param CIdx The index object with which the index action will be associated.
6137e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6138e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE CXIndexAction clang_IndexAction_create(CXIndex CIdx);
6139e5dd7070Spatrick 
6140e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6141e5dd7070Spatrick  * Destroy the given index action.
6142e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6143e5dd7070Spatrick  * The index action must not be destroyed until all of the translation units
6144e5dd7070Spatrick  * created within that index action have been destroyed.
6145e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6146e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_IndexAction_dispose(CXIndexAction);
6147e5dd7070Spatrick 
6148e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum {
6149e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6150e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that no special indexing options are needed.
6151e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6152e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIndexOpt_None = 0x0,
6153e5dd7070Spatrick 
6154e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6155e5dd7070Spatrick    * Used to indicate that IndexerCallbacks#indexEntityReference should
6156e5dd7070Spatrick    * be invoked for only one reference of an entity per source file that does
6157e5dd7070Spatrick    * not also include a declaration/definition of the entity.
6158e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6159e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIndexOpt_SuppressRedundantRefs = 0x1,
6160e5dd7070Spatrick 
6161e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6162e5dd7070Spatrick    * Function-local symbols should be indexed. If this is not set
6163e5dd7070Spatrick    * function-local symbols will be ignored.
6164e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6165e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIndexOpt_IndexFunctionLocalSymbols = 0x2,
6166e5dd7070Spatrick 
6167e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6168e5dd7070Spatrick    * Implicit function/class template instantiations should be indexed.
6169e5dd7070Spatrick    * If this is not set, implicit instantiations will be ignored.
6170e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6171e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIndexOpt_IndexImplicitTemplateInstantiations = 0x4,
6172e5dd7070Spatrick 
6173e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6174e5dd7070Spatrick    * Suppress all compiler warnings when parsing for indexing.
6175e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6176e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIndexOpt_SuppressWarnings = 0x8,
6177e5dd7070Spatrick 
6178e5dd7070Spatrick   /**
6179e5dd7070Spatrick    * Skip a function/method body that was already parsed during an
6180e5dd7070Spatrick    * indexing session associated with a \c CXIndexAction object.
6181e5dd7070Spatrick    * Bodies in system headers are always skipped.
6182e5dd7070Spatrick    */
6183e5dd7070Spatrick   CXIndexOpt_SkipParsedBodiesInSession = 0x10
6184e5dd7070Spatrick 
6185e5dd7070Spatrick } CXIndexOptFlags;
6186e5dd7070Spatrick 
6187e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6188e5dd7070Spatrick  * Index the given source file and the translation unit corresponding
6189e5dd7070Spatrick  * to that file via callbacks implemented through #IndexerCallbacks.
6190e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6191e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6192e5dd7070Spatrick  * be passed to the invoked callbacks.
6193e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6194e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param index_callbacks Pointer to indexing callbacks that the client
6195e5dd7070Spatrick  * implements.
6196e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6197e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param index_callbacks_size Size of #IndexerCallbacks structure that gets
6198e5dd7070Spatrick  * passed in index_callbacks.
6199e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6200e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param index_options A bitmask of options that affects how indexing is
6201e5dd7070Spatrick  * performed. This should be a bitwise OR of the CXIndexOpt_XXX flags.
6202e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6203e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param[out] out_TU pointer to store a \c CXTranslationUnit that can be
6204e5dd7070Spatrick  * reused after indexing is finished. Set to \c NULL if you do not require it.
6205e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6206e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns 0 on success or if there were errors from which the compiler could
6207e5dd7070Spatrick  * recover.  If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
6208e5dd7070Spatrick  * a non-zero \c CXErrorCode.
6209e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6210e5dd7070Spatrick  * The rest of the parameters are the same as #clang_parseTranslationUnit.
6211e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6212ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFile(
6213ec727ea7Spatrick     CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6214ec727ea7Spatrick     unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options,
6215ec727ea7Spatrick     const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args,
6216ec727ea7Spatrick     int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6217ec727ea7Spatrick     unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options);
6218e5dd7070Spatrick 
6219e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6220e5dd7070Spatrick  * Same as clang_indexSourceFile but requires a full command line
6221e5dd7070Spatrick  * for \c command_line_args including argv[0]. This is useful if the standard
6222e5dd7070Spatrick  * library paths are relative to the binary.
6223e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6224e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexSourceFileFullArgv(
6225e5dd7070Spatrick     CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6226e5dd7070Spatrick     unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options,
6227e5dd7070Spatrick     const char *source_filename, const char *const *command_line_args,
6228e5dd7070Spatrick     int num_command_line_args, struct CXUnsavedFile *unsaved_files,
6229e5dd7070Spatrick     unsigned num_unsaved_files, CXTranslationUnit *out_TU, unsigned TU_options);
6230e5dd7070Spatrick 
6231e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6232e5dd7070Spatrick  * Index the given translation unit via callbacks implemented through
6233e5dd7070Spatrick  * #IndexerCallbacks.
6234e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6235e5dd7070Spatrick  * The order of callback invocations is not guaranteed to be the same as
6236e5dd7070Spatrick  * when indexing a source file. The high level order will be:
6237e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6238e5dd7070Spatrick  *   -Preprocessor callbacks invocations
6239e5dd7070Spatrick  *   -Declaration/reference callbacks invocations
6240e5dd7070Spatrick  *   -Diagnostic callback invocations
6241e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6242e5dd7070Spatrick  * The parameters are the same as #clang_indexSourceFile.
6243e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6244e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns If there is a failure from which there is no recovery, returns
6245e5dd7070Spatrick  * non-zero, otherwise returns 0.
6246e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6247ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE int clang_indexTranslationUnit(
6248ec727ea7Spatrick     CXIndexAction, CXClientData client_data, IndexerCallbacks *index_callbacks,
6249ec727ea7Spatrick     unsigned index_callbacks_size, unsigned index_options, CXTranslationUnit);
6250e5dd7070Spatrick 
6251e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6252e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the CXIdxFile, file, line, column, and offset represented by
6253e5dd7070Spatrick  * the given CXIdxLoc.
6254e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6255e5dd7070Spatrick  * If the location refers into a macro expansion, retrieves the
6256e5dd7070Spatrick  * location of the macro expansion and if it refers into a macro argument
6257e5dd7070Spatrick  * retrieves the location of the argument.
6258e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6259e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE void clang_indexLoc_getFileLocation(CXIdxLoc loc,
6260e5dd7070Spatrick                                                    CXIdxClientFile *indexFile,
6261ec727ea7Spatrick                                                    CXFile *file, unsigned *line,
6262e5dd7070Spatrick                                                    unsigned *column,
6263e5dd7070Spatrick                                                    unsigned *offset);
6264e5dd7070Spatrick 
6265e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6266e5dd7070Spatrick  * Retrieve the CXSourceLocation represented by the given CXIdxLoc.
6267e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6268e5dd7070Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE
6269e5dd7070Spatrick CXSourceLocation clang_indexLoc_getCXSourceLocation(CXIdxLoc loc);
6270e5dd7070Spatrick 
6271e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6272e5dd7070Spatrick  * Visitor invoked for each field found by a traversal.
6273e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6274e5dd7070Spatrick  * This visitor function will be invoked for each field found by
6275e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_Type_visitFields. Its first argument is the cursor being
6276e5dd7070Spatrick  * visited, its second argument is the client data provided to
6277e5dd7070Spatrick  * \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6278e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6279e5dd7070Spatrick  * The visitor should return one of the \c CXVisitorResult values
6280e5dd7070Spatrick  * to direct \c clang_Type_visitFields.
6281e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6282e5dd7070Spatrick typedef enum CXVisitorResult (*CXFieldVisitor)(CXCursor C,
6283e5dd7070Spatrick                                                CXClientData client_data);
6284e5dd7070Spatrick 
6285e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6286e5dd7070Spatrick  * Visit the fields of a particular type.
6287e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6288e5dd7070Spatrick  * This function visits all the direct fields of the given cursor,
6289e5dd7070Spatrick  * invoking the given \p visitor function with the cursors of each
6290e5dd7070Spatrick  * visited field. The traversal may be ended prematurely, if
6291e5dd7070Spatrick  * the visitor returns \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6292e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6293e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param T the record type whose field may be visited.
6294e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6295e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param visitor the visitor function that will be invoked for each
6296e5dd7070Spatrick  * field of \p T.
6297e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6298e5dd7070Spatrick  * \param client_data pointer data supplied by the client, which will
6299e5dd7070Spatrick  * be passed to the visitor each time it is invoked.
6300e5dd7070Spatrick  *
6301e5dd7070Spatrick  * \returns a non-zero value if the traversal was terminated
6302e5dd7070Spatrick  * prematurely by the visitor returning \c CXFieldVisit_Break.
6303e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6304ec727ea7Spatrick CINDEX_LINKAGE unsigned clang_Type_visitFields(CXType T, CXFieldVisitor visitor,
6305e5dd7070Spatrick                                                CXClientData client_data);
6306e5dd7070Spatrick 
6307e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6308e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
6309e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6310e5dd7070Spatrick 
6311e5dd7070Spatrick /**
6312e5dd7070Spatrick  * @}
6313e5dd7070Spatrick  */
6314e5dd7070Spatrick 
6315e5dd7070Spatrick LLVM_CLANG_C_EXTERN_C_END
6316e5dd7070Spatrick 
6317e5dd7070Spatrick #endif
6318